Id Switchespe1304 e

CATALOG
Switches
Potentiometers
Encoders
2013.4 ../
COMMON CONTENTS
Page
Push Switches, Detector Switches, Multi Function Switches, Light Touch Switches ....... ES2 to ES156
CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................ ES2
INDEX ................................................................................................................................. ES4
Push Switches .................................................................................................................... ES7
Detector Switches............................................................................................................. ES19
Multi Function Switches ................................................................................................... ES54
Light Touch Switches ....................................................................................................... ES59
Rotary Potentiometers, Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers,
Position Sensors, Encoders ....................................................................................... EV1 to ES61
CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................ EV1
INDEX ................................................................................................................................. EV2
Rotary Potentiometers ........................................................................................................ EV4
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers ................................................................ EV15
Position Sensors ............................................................................................................... EV25
Encoders ........................................................................................................................... EV35
Oct. 2012
ES1
CONTENTS
Product
Common
Push Switches
Detector Switches
Type/Series
Part Numbers
Page
Index / Glossary of words and Terms / RoHS Directive
ES4
Contents / Quick Selection Guide
ES7
Checklist / Application Notes / Common Specifications / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
ES9
ESB33 Vertical Push Switches
ESB33
ES13
ESB30 Push Switches
ESB30
ES15
ESE20C / 20D Momentary Push Switches
ESE20C/20D
ES17
ES19
ES21
09HL Detector Switches
ESE58
ES25
1VR Detector Switches
ESE16
ES28
1VL Detector Switches
ESE13
ES30
ESE18
ES33
ESE31
ES38
2N Detector Switches
ESE22
ES40
ESE11
ES43
1HW Detector Switches
ESE23
ES49
2W Detector Switches
ESE24
ES51
00 Oct. 2012
ES2
CONTENTS
Product
Type/Series
Part Numbers
Contents / Quick Selection Guide / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
Page
ES54
Multi Function Switches

Jog Ball
EVQWJN
ES57
ES59
ES62
4 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches
EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6
ES66
4.5 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches
EVQPQ
ES70
EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT
ES73
6 mm Square Thin Type SMD Light Touch Switches
EVQP0/Q2
ES76
3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD Light Touch Switches
EVPAW
ES80
EVPAF
ES83
EVPAA
ES86
EVQP2/P9/3P2
ES89
EVQPE1/PN/5P
ES93
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches
EVQP7/P3/9P7
ES95
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational Half Dive / SMD Light Touch Switches
EVPAN
ES99
Small-sized Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches
EVQPU
ES102
2.8 mm2.3 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches
EVPAV
ES106
EVPAE
ES108
EVQP4
ES110
6.1 mm4.0 mm Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches
EVQPS
ES113
5N Type Light Touch Switches
EVQPA/PB
ES117
5N Type Side-operational Light Touch Switches
EVQPF
ES120
5N Type 2R Light Touch Switches
EVQ2
ES122
5N Type Side-operational 4R Light Touch Switches
EVQPC
ES124
Round Type 2R Light Touch Switches
EVQ11
ES126
6.0 mm3.5 mm Light Touch Switches
EVQPE
ES128
6.0 mm3.5 mm 2R Light Touch Switches
EVQPJ
ES130
Over Travel Light Touch Switches
EVQP0
ES132
4 mm Square Double-action SMD Light Touch Switches
EVPAH
ES134
6 mm Square Thin Type Double-actionl SMD Light Touch Switches
EVQPR/Q0/3PR
ES137
4.7 mm3.5 mm Double-action Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches
EVPAJ
ES140
Light Touch Switches
6.2 mm3.7 mm Double-action Side-operational Edge Mount / SMD Light Touch Switches EVQQ0
ES143
6 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches
EVQP0/P1/9P
ES146
6 mm Square Long Travel 2 terminals SMD Light Touch Switches
EVPAS
ES149
6 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches
EVQPV
ES152
EVQQ1
ES154
EVQQJ
ES156
10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches
EVPAD
ES158
00 Oct. 2012
ES3
Index
ES13
ES15
ESB33 Vertical
Push Switches
(ESB33)
ES28
ES17
ESB30 Push Switches

(ESB30)
ES30

(ESE16)
ES40
ES33

(ESE13)
ES43
(ESE22)
ES57
(ESE11)

(ESE23)
ES89
4.7 mm3.5 mm SMD

(EVQP2/P9/3P2)
ES70
4 mm Square SMD
(EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6)
ES76
6 mm Square Thin Type SMD

(EVQP0/Q2)

(ESE18)
ES49
ES66
Jog Ball
(EVQWJN)
ESE20C/20D
Momentary Push Switches
(ESE20C/20D)
ES80
ES83
3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD

(EVPAW)
ES93
4.5 mm Square SMD

(EVQPQ)
3.0 mm2.6 mm SMD

(EVPAF)
ES95
3.5 mm2.9 mm
Side-operational SMD
(EVQP7/P3/9P7)
6.0 mm3.5 mm SMD

(EVQPE1/PN/5P)
ES25

(ESE58)
ES38

(ESE31)
ES51
(ESE24)
ES73
4.9 mm Square SMD

(EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT)
ES86
3.5 mm2.9 mm SMD

(EVPAA)
ES99
3.5 mm2.9 mm
Side-operational Half Dive /
SMD Light Touch Switches
(EVPAN)
Design and specifications are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifications before purchase and/or use.
Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
ES4
00 Oct. 2012
Index
ES102
ES106
ES108
ES110
Small-sized
2.8 mm2.3 mm
4.5 mm2.2 mm
6.2 mm2.5 mm
Side-operational SMD Light Side-operational Edge Mount Side-operational Edge Mount Side-operational Edge Mount
Touch Switches
(EVQP4)
(EVQPU)
(EVPAV)
(EVPAE)
ES113
6.1 mm4.0 mm
(EVQPS)
ES124
5N Type Side-operational 4R
(EVQPC)
ES132
Over Travel
(EVQP0)
ES117
ES120

(EVQPA/PB)
ES126
ES128
Round Type 2R
(EVQ11)
6.0 mm3.5 mm
(EVQPE)
ES134
ES137
4 mm Square Double-action
(EVPAH)
ES143
ES146
6.2 mm3.7 mm Double-action

Side-operational Edge Mount /
(EVQQ0)
6 mm Square Long Travel

(EVQP0/P1/9P)
ES154
ES156

(EVQQ1)
5N Type Side-operational
(EVQPF)
6 mm Square Thin Type

Double-actionl SMD
(EVQPR/Q0/3PR)
ES149

2 terminals SMD
(EVPAS)
ES122
5N Type 2R
(EVQ2)
ES130
6.0 mm3.5 mm 2R
(EVQPJ)
ES140

Side-operational
(EVPAJ)
ES152

2R Light Touch Switches
(EVQPV)
ES158

2R Light Touch Switches
(EVQQJ)
10 mm Square Center Space

Long Travel SMD
(EVPAD)
ES5
00 Oct. 2012
Glossary of Words and Terms

Rating
Maximum working voltage and current of switches
Contact resistance
Resistance value of contact position, included specific resistance of material and usually measured by voltage
drop at 1 A 5 Vdc.
Switching timing
Two timing modes: shorting and non-shorting.
The change-over sequence of each circuit for two or more circuits is expressed by this timing.
A Shorting
Common terminals are connected with the other one or more terminals when switching.
1 2 3
Start
Next contact position
B Non-shorting
Common terminals are connected with none of the other terminals.
Start
Next contact position
RoHS Direcive
RoHS Directive : The restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment
The products introduced in this catalog conform to the RoHS Directive* (enforced in July 2006).
(Newly ordered products will conform to the RoHS Directive.)
Please contact our sales staff for inquiries about the RoHS compliance of currently used products.
ES6
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide ............................................................................................................ ES8

Checklist Before Inquiry .......................................................................................................... ES9
Application Notes ....................................................................................................................ES10
Common Specifications .......................................................................................................... ES11
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit.............................................................................................ES12
ESB33 Vertical Push Switches (ESB33)...............................................................................ES13
ESB30 Push Switches (ESB30) ............................................................................................ES15
ESE20C/20D Momentary Push Switches (ESE20C/20D) ................................................... ES17
00 Oct. 2012
ES7
Push Switches
Quick Selection Guide
Lock Travel
Country of
origin
1.5
mm
2.45
mm
2.5
mm
Poles
2.8
mm
Term.
Pitch
(mm)
Page
1
Type, Series
(H=6.0)
China
2.5
ES13
2.5
ES15
ESB30 Push Switches

(H=12.5)
Japan
ESE20C/20D Momentary Push Switches

(H=8.9)
China
6.08.0
ES17
Country of origin : As of April 2013
ES8
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches
Checklist Before lnquiry
When specifying Push Switches, please take advantage of our standard products for better price and delivery.
Please inquire about the following items before ordering.
Item
C-1
Information (Requirements)
Inquiry purpose
New use, Modification, Others (
Common
Previous supplier
C-2
Modification
Conventional part No.

Purpose
Equipment
C-3
Application
Environment
Indoor/Outdoor use, Stationary/Portable set, High humidity, SO2, NaCl
Temperature
Rating
Vertical, Horizontal
Operation
Operating force
When specially requested (
Shapes/Dimensions
Number of poles
M-2
Circuit
Diagram
Number of contacts
1-contact, 2-contact
Not requested, Non-shorting (NS)
Lock travel
0.8 mm, 1.3 mm, 1.5 mm, 2.4 mm, 2.5 mm, 2.8 mm
Travel
Full travel
1.5 mm, 2.0 mm, 2.3 mm, 2.5 mm, 3.2 mm, 3.5 mm, 4.5 mm
Shape
M-4
PWB, Forming shape: (
Top dimensions
2.0 mm, 5.0 mm

mm) Height (
Width (
mm) Length (
mm)
Lever
Material
Others
Terminals
Pitch
M-5
N)
1-pole, 2-pole
Switching mode (timing)
M-3
C)
0.1 A 12 Vdc, 0.1 A 24 Vdc, 0.2 A 24 Vdc, 0.3 A 30 Vdc, 1.0 A 30 Vdc
Operation type
M-1
C) to (
L-1
Anti-electrostatic
L-2
Soldering conditions
L-3
Special requirements for endurance
L-4
Special requirements for safety
L-5
Other questionnaires
UL filed (Flame retardant: 94HB, 94V-0)

When specially requested (
Temp. (
C), Time (
s), Specific gravity of flux (
)
), Preheat condition (
Notes:
1.When you specify custom types (custom-made), new tooling and jigs, and/or equipment may be required. It will be necessary to confirm your
estimates of quantity and development schedule as accurately as possible.
2. Please inform us if you designate your own part number.
ES9
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches
Application Notes
When using our Push Switches, please observe the

following items (prohibited items) and be cautious of
the following in order to prevent dangerous accidents and
deterioration of performance.
1. Prohibited items and notes on mounting
1. When soldering (including preheating), do not solder in
the locked condition.
2. When soldering using a soldering iron, soldering
conditions vary with the tip shape of the soldering
iron, wat tage, and P W B thickness. T horoughly
check the conditions in advance, including the heat
resistance rating of the solder.
3. Do not apply a load to terminals when soldering. Care
should be taken in this regard because a load may
deteriorate electric and mechanical characteristics.
4. Since the push switches are not sealed, do not wash
them.
5. When mounting a push switch to a through-hole type
PWB, the influence of thermal stress on the switch is
greater than that on one-sided PWB. Be sure to check
the influence as well as the heat resistance rating of
the solder.
2. Notes on circuit conditions
1. To ensure reliability, use switches within the rated range,
as designated in Product Specifications for Information.
2. To avoid malfunction of a set due to bounce generated
by turning the switch ON and OFF, and/or due to
chatter generated by external vibrations, etc., take the
following into consideration in design.
Read contact multiple times.
(In Case of microcomputer Processing )
Set a delay time.
(Recommendation: 3 or more times of reading with
the cycle of 3 ms or over)
Prepare a CR integrating circuit.
(Recommendation: A time constant of 6 ms or over )
3. When circuits of a two-circuit type are connected in
parallel, switching timing (non-shorting, etc.) described
in the specifications is not assured.
3. Prohibited items and notes on mounting and operating
conditions
1. In principle, operate the center of the lever.
4. Design and use so that external stress is not continuously

applied to the soldering parts in a set. External stress
may cause pattern peeling and solder cracks on a PWB.
5. When mounting a switch, check the ON/OFF position.
6. Contact lubricant, which is used in push switches,
may flow out to the exterior of the switch due to the
struc ture. For design review, suffi ciently check the
operating conditions.
7. Do not pull the switch rod while it is locked. Other wise,
the self-locking function may be broken, resulting in a
locking failure or malfunction. Make sure that the switch
is released especially when attaching/detaching a button
to the rod and as sembling/dis as sembling the target
product. (This applies to the self-locking switches) Set
the strength for detaching your button (knob) from our
switch rod to a maximum of 10 N in order to minimize
the possibility of a breakdown of the locking function.
When de sign ing your but ton, re fer to the following
shape and dimensions.
Before adopting our switches, check the requirements
carefully.
Reference of Customer's button design
Customer's
button
(2.5)
1.2
(R
Switch rod top

(0.6)
(3.0)
(3.3)
(0.6)
8. Design to avoid operation with continuous lateral

pressure (more than 500 mN on the lever).
9. Do not mount a switch by bending switch terminals.
10. Avoid the following ambient surroundings and other
conditions because they may affect performance:
Under an atmosphere of corrosive gas such as Cl2, H2S, NOx, or SO2
In atmospheres of residual water drops, dew condensation, or adhesive water drops
In liquids such as water, salt solution, oil, chemicals, and organic solvents
In direct sunlight
In dusty locations
11. Do not apply a shock to the switch lever during mounting

of the switch on the printed circuit board and installation
in the target product.
PUSH
2. For mounting an operation button:

1) Design so that the button is mounted to the center
of the lever.
Lever
Button
2) Design a set so that the gap (a) between the

cabinet and the button is as small as possible.
(a)=0.1 to 0.3 mm
5. For use in equipment for which safety requested

Although care is taken to ensure switch quality,
vari a tion of contact resistance (increase), short
circuits, open cir cuits, and temperature rise
are some prob lems that might be generated.
To design a set which places maximum emphasis
on safety, review the affect of any single fault of
a switch in advance and perform virtually fail-safe
design to ensure maximum safety by:
1. preparing a protective circuit or a protective
device to improve system safety, and
2. preparing a redundant circuit to improve system
safety so that the single fault of a switch does
not cause a dangerous situation.
(a)
(a)
Cabinet
4. Prohibited items and notes on storage conditions

Since contact characteristics and soldering quality may
deteriorate due to sulfuration and oxidation of contacts
and terminals, pay heed to the following items.
1. For storage and transport of the switches, avoid
unpacking them, and store them at room temperature
and room humidity. Use them as soon as possible,
gen erally within 3 months, or within a max i mum of
6 months after delivery.
2. Do not store the switches under conditions of high
tem per a ture and/or high humidity, or in a location
where corrosive gas may be generated.
3. If some units remain after unpacking, store them after
applying adequate moisture-proof and gas-proof treatment.
Button
3) Design so that the load in removal and mounting of

the button is within the range of the switch's strength
rating of the operational part.
3. If multiple switches are placed side by side, or a
switch is placed near another part, the gap between
the switch and the adjacent switch/part must be at
least 1 mm to prevent affect of fl ux and to ensure
proper insulation distance.
6. For actual use, be sure to refer to Product Specifications

for Information.
ES10
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches
Common Specifications(Standard)
Lever Strength
To withstand 80 N push force applied in operating direction for 15 seconds
Mechanical
Specifications
Terminal Strength
Voltage drop
Electrical
Specifications
Insulation Resistance
Dielectric Withstanding
Voltage
To withstand 5 N push force applied on the end of terminal

in any direction for 1 minute without damage and/or loosening
0.1 V max. between terminals after 4 or 5 switching operations

under the rated load
Terminal to Terminal and Terminal to Frame: 100 M min. (at 500 Vdc)
(Does not apply to the insulation resistance during switching operations)
Terminal to Terminal and Terminal to Frame: 500 Vac for 1 minute
Temperature Range
10 C to +70 C (Standard)
Heat Resistance
+70 C for 96 hours (Standard)
Low Temperature
Resistance
10 C for 96 hours (Standard)
Humidity Resistance
Environmental
Specifications Non-loaded Life
40 C, 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Number of operations :
10000 cycles
Type
Voltage drop : 0.5V max. (ESB32)

Voltage drop : 0.2V max. (ESB20, ESB30, ESB32)
No. of operations
Voltage drop
ESB33
30000 cycles
0.5 V max.
ESB30
30000 cycles
0.2 V max
ESE20
30000 cycles
0.2 V max.
Loaded Life
ES11
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
Please place an order by an integer multiple of the Quantity/Carton.
Type, Series
Part No.
Packaging
Quantity/Carton
(Export)
Min. Qty/
Packing Unit
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
2000 pcs.
(8000 pcs.)
100 pcs.
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
1800 pcs.
(7200 pcs.)
300 pcs.
ESB33
ESB30 Push Switches
ESB30
Tray Pack
2400 pcs.
(9600 pcs.)
480 pcs.
ESE20C/20D Momentary
Push Switches
ESE20
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
1200 pcs.
(4800 pcs.)
60 pcs.
ES12
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches/ESB33
Type:
ESB33 (H=6.0 mm)
Features
Low profile (H=6.0 mm)

3 N and 5 N operating force availables
Recommended Applications
Operation switches for automobiles (heater control

switches etc.)
Secondary power switches for lower voltage in

consumer electronic equipment and different types of
mode switches
Explanation of Part Numbers

1
Product Code
Type
Design No.
Specifications
Rating
50 A 3 Vdc to 0.2 A 14 Vdc (Resistive load)
Travel
Lock travel=1.5 mm Full travel=2.3 mm
Mounting Height
6.0 mm
Poles and Throws
2-poles 2-throws
Operating Mode
Self-lock, Non-lock
Switching Mode
Non-shorting

Quantity/Carton
100 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) / 300 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
2000 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) / 1800 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Standard Products
Operating Mode
Terminals
Packaging
Operating Force
PP
Wave
Soldering
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
3.0 N1.0 N
Surface
Mount
Embossed Taping
(Reel )
3.0 N1.0 N
NL
PP
NL
Part Numbers
Lever Color
ESB33133
Light Yellow
ESB33134
ESB33535
Light Yellow
ESB33536
Note: PP=Self-lock NL=Non-lock

ES13
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches/ESB33
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 2
No. 1
N.C.
9.85
8.6
N.C.
N.C.
9.85
3
0.
12.5
(6.5)
6
1.50.1
1.0
.4
0
-R
24
1.0
2.5
+0
0 .1
.2
2.5
+0
0 .1
1.
7
N.C.
8.7
N.O.
N.O.
N.C.
2.5
.7
6-1.6
2.5
N.O.
N.C.
PWB mounting hole for reference

(Tolerance: 0.05)
View from terminal side
N.C.
C
10.0
6-2.3
0.
7.75
7.75
10.0
1.0
1.0
12.5
1.50.1
0.3
1.0
3
0.
3.5
1.0
6.0
12.5
1.0
0.3
4.9
2.75
(6.5)
4.9
2.75
3
0.
2.50.1
3.30.05
2.5
2.30.5 Full travel

3.90.2
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.
2.30.5 Full travel
N.O.
1.50.3 Lock travel
8.6
N.O.
ESB33536
2-poles 2-throws
1.50.3 Lock travel
ESB33133
2-poles 2-throws
C
N.O.

Tolerance : 0.05 (t=1.6 mm)
Circuit diagram
Circuit diagram
Packaging Specifications
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Taping Reel
25.0
Cover tape
TOP
21.50.5
P=200.1
Drawing direction
40.1
20.1
1.5+0.1
0.2
240.3
END
Carrier tape
1.750.1
382.02.0
Embossed Carrier Taping
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Packed portion
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
Leading portion 400 mm min.
Application Notes:
Operating force should be applied at the center of the lever.

ES14
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches/ESB30
ESB30 Push Switches
Type:
ESB30 (H=12.5 mm)
Features
Reduced interlock operation switching noise

(-10 dB compared to the current value)
Simultaneous locking prevention mechanism
Operation switches for automobiles (air conditioners

switches, Hazard switches, etc.)
Secondary power switches for lower voltage in

consumer electronic equipment and different types
of mode switches

1
Product Code
Type
Travel Operating
A : 1.5 mm 1 : PP (Self-lock)
B : 2.5 mm 3 : NL (Non-lock)
10
Design No.
Specifications
Rating
50 A 3 Vdc to 0.2 A 14 Vdc (Resistive load)
Travel
Lock Travel=2.5 mm
Mounting Height
Full Travel=3.5 mm
12.5 mm
Poles and Throws
2-poles 2-throws
Operating Mode
Self-lock, Non-lock
Switching Mode
Non-shorting
Operating Force
2.0 N1.0 N, 3.5 N1.5 N
480 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton
2400 pcs.
ES15
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches/ESB30
Standard Products
Operating
Force
Lever
Height
Lock
Travel
2 N1.0 N
20.5 mm
2.5 mm
3.5 N1.5 N
20.5 mm
Terminal Shape
Operating
Mode
Straight
Formed
PP
ESB30B132
ESB30B102
NL
ESB30B304
ESB30B305
PP
ESB30B103
ESB30B133
NL
ESB30B332
ESB30B333
2.5 mm
Note: PP=Self-lock, NL=Non-lock

ESB30B132
Lock Travel
Full Travel
2.5 mm
3.5 mm
Operating Force (N)
2-poles 2-throws
2.0
1.0
10.9
1.0
2.0
Travel (mm)
F-S Characteristics
5.5 4.5
Lock travel
3.8
0.2
3.300.05
20.5
1.00.1
12.5
3.5
N.O. C N.C.
0.7
2-2.5
2.50
7.00
6-1.00

(Tolerance:0.05)
A details
R
PUSH
C
1 2
N.O.
N.C.
2.50.1
1.4
2.8
2.50
7.0
8.9
0.
0.8
0.3
2.50.1
1.5
1.8
Full travel
(7.0)
8.1
Circuit diagram
(View from terminal side)
Forming dimension of terminal

(Except for common terminal)
Application Notes:

ES16
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches/ESE20C/20D
ESE20C/20D Momentary Push Switches
Type:
ESE20C/ESE20D
(H=8.9 mm)
Features
User-friendly tactile feedback when operated

Long over-travel
Operation switches for automobiles (switches for heater

controls, overdrive, steering, etc.)
Secondary power switches for lower volt age in

consumer electronic equipment and different types of
mode switches

1
Product Code
Type
Design No.
C : For automotive use
D : For consumer products
Specifications
Rating
0.01 A 5 Vdc to 0.1 A 14 Vdc (Resistive load)
Full Travel
2.5 mm
Mounting Height
8.9 mm
Poles and Throws
1-pole 1-throw
Operating Mode
Non-lock
Operating Force
2.0 N1.0 N, 4.0 N1.5 N
60 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
Quantity/Carton
1200 pcs.
Standard Products
Full Travel
Operating
Force
Terminal Shape
Lever
Height
Straight
Formed
12.5 mm
ESE20323
ESE20321
17.5 mm
ESE20423
ESE20421
12.5 mm
ESE20343
ESE20341
17.5 mm
ESE20443
ESE20441
2.0 N1.0 N
2.5 mm
4.0 N 1.5 N
ES17
00 Oct. 2012
Push Switches/ESE20C/20D
7.8
No. 1
ESE204
d
(8.0)
ON Travel
Full Travel
5.7
3.30.1
2.5
Operating Force (N)
R0
3.5
8.9
17.5
16.00.5
15.00.5
Straight Terminal
.5
1.00.15
5.5
1.5
5.7
2.50.1
1-pole 1-throw
3.6
7.9

.6
R1
(8.0)
9.10.5
(6.0)
.05
+0
1 0
6.0
2.0
3.0
Travel (mm)
F-S Characteristics
Push
8.0
Circuit diagram
7.8
c
7.9
5.7
5.7
ON Travel
Full Travel
3.3
3.5
8.9
11.00.5
10.00.5
.5
R0
12.5
1-pole 1-throw
Type 2 N
2.0
1.0


3.0
0.7
ESE203
Type 4 N
1.0
0.35
No. 2
4.0
.6
R1
(8.0)
9.10.5
0.35
(6.0)
0.7
.05
+0
1 0
6.0
a
Push
8.0

Circuit diagram
Application Notes:

ES18
00 Oct. 2012
Detector Switches
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide .......................................................................................................... ES20

Checklist Before Inquiry ........................................................................................................ ES21
Application Notes ................................................................................................................... ES22
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit............................................................................................ ES24

9HL Detector Switches (ESE58) .......................................................................................... ES25
1VR Detector Switches (ESE16) ........................................................................................... ES28
1VL Detector Switches (ESE13)............................................................................................ ES30
1HL Detector Switches (ESE18) ........................................................................................... ES33
2HL Detector Switches (ESE31) ........................................................................................... ES38
2N Detector Switches (ESE22) ............................................................................................ ES40
5N Detector Switches (ESE11) ............................................................................................. ES43
1HW Detector Switches (ESE23).......................................................................................... ES49
2W Detector Switches (ESE24) ............................................................................................ ES51
00 Oct. 2012
ES19
Detector Switches
Common Specifications ......................................................................................................... ES23
Detector Switches
Type, Series
Appearance
Part No.
Country of origin
Poles & Throws
Page
ESE58
Japan
1-1
ES25
ESE16
Japan
1-1
ES28
ESE13
Japan
1-1
ES30
ESE18
Japan
1-1
ES33
ESE31
Japan/China
1-1
ES38
ESE22
Japan
1-1
ES40
ESE11
Japan/China
1-1
ES43
ESE23
Japan
1-2
ES49
ESE24
Japan
1-2
ES51
ES20
00 Oct. 2012
Detector Switches
Checklist Before Inquiry
When specifying Detector Switches, please take advantage of our standard products for better priceing and delivery.
Please inquire about the following items before ordering.
Item
C-1
Inquiry purpose
Previous supplier
C-2
Modification

Purpose
Equipment
Common
At switching on (when not pushing) : Pushing distance

Design standard of
pushing distance
of lever
apart from the point of lever

not apart from the point of lever
Operate the switches every day.

(
times a day)
Almost everytime, the switches are stayed in the released condition.
(
times a week / month / year)
Almost everytime, the switches are pushed in the designed position.
(
times a week / month / year)
Temperature
M-1
Operation
Operation type
M-2
Mounting
Mounting
height
M-3
Terminals
L-1
Surface Mount
C) to (
mA
V
dc
mA
V
Do you give "inrush current" to switches ? :
Rating
Shapes/Dimensions
mm)
Application
Operation frequency
Others
(Pushing about
mm)
Vertical
C)
ac
YES
NO
Vertical, Horizontal
PWB to upper suface of housing: (
Horizontal
PWB to center rod: (
mm)
mm)
PWB, Solder lug

Connection
Manual soldering, Wave soldering, Reflow Soldering
Packing Unit
Polyethylene Bag (Bulk), Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
L-2
L-3
L-4
The Electrical Appliance and Material Safety Law (Japan) was revised on March 1st. 1988.
Power switches described here are not under jurisdiction of this law, but comply with its technical requirements.
Notes:
1. When selecting Switches, please consider using our standard products for better prices and short delivery times.
2. Please inform the following items when ordering.
ES21
00 Oct. 2012
Detector Switches
C-3
(Pushing the point of lever

At switching off (when not pushing) : Object of detection is
Detector Switches
Application Notes
When using our Slide Switches, please observe the

following items (prohibited items) and be cautious of
the following in order to prevent dangerous accidents and
1. Prohibited items and notes on mounting

1. When soldering (including preheating), set the lever to the
release position.
2. When soldering using a soldering iron, soldering conditions
vary with the tip shape of the soldering iron, wattage,
and PWB thickness. Thoroughly check the conditions in
advance, including the heat resistance rating of the solder.
3. Do not apply a load to terminals when soldering. Care
should be taken in this regard because a load may
deteriorate electric and mechanical characteristics.
4. Since the detector switches are not sealed, do not
wash them.
5. When mounting a detector switch to a through-hole type
PWB, the infl uence of thermal stress on the switch is
greater than that on one-sided PWB. Be sure to check the
influence as well as the heat resistance rating of the solder.
6. For reflow soldering
When performing reflow soldering using a hot-air oven or
an infrared oven, observe the following conditions. Since
the temperature applied to a switch and its terminals varies
with the type and size of the PWB and the mounting density
of the parts, sufficiently check the conditions in advance.
Temperature (C)
1s
Peak Temperature 6
230 C
1
Temperature
rising part
2
Pre-heating part
5
Cooling part
3
4
Temperature Main heating
rising part
1Temperature rising part : Ordinary temperature to

Pre-heating part: 30 to 60 s.
2Pre-heating part: 150 to 180 C, 60 to 120 s.
3Temperature rising part : Pre-heating part to 230 C,
20 to 40 s.
4Main heating part: Rater to the figure below.
5Cooling part: Between 230 to 100 C, 2 to 4 C/s
6Peak Temperature: 255 C, 1 s
Time
Peak temperature (C)
Notes:
Measure temperature profile at the part surface.
Do not perform reflow soldering more than twice.
2. If multiple switches are placed side by side, or a switch is

placed near another part, the gap between the switch and
the adjacent switch/part must be at least 1 mm to prevent
affect of flux and to ensure proper insulation distance.
3. Design and use so that external stress is not continuously
applied to the soldering parts in a set in any direction.
External stress may cause pattern peeling and sol der
cracks on a PWB.
4. When mounting a switch (mounting to chassis or but ton
mounting), take care so that no foreign matter enters the
switch.
5. Contact lubricant, which is used in detector switch es,
may fl ow out to the exterior of the switch due to the
struc ture. For design review, suf fi ciently check the
operating conditions.
6. Avoid the following ambient surroundings and other
conditions because they may affect performance:
Under an atmosphere of corrosive gas such as Cl2,
H2S, NOx, or SO2
In at m o sphe re s of re sidual wate r dro ps, dew
condensation, or adhesive water drops
In liquids such as water, salt solution, oil, chemicals,
and organic solvents
In direct sunlight
In dusty locations

Since contact characteristics and soldering quality may
deteriorate due to sulfuration and oxidation of contacts and
terminals, pay heed to the following items.
1. For storage and transport of the switches, avoid unpacking
them, and store them at room tem perature and room
humidity. Use them as soon as possible, generally within
3 months, or within a maximum of 6 months after delivery.
2. Do not store the switches under conditions of high
temperature and/or high humidity, or in a location where
corrosive gas may be generated.
3. If some units remain after unpacking, store them after
applying adequate moisture - proof and gas - proof
treatment.
5. For use in equipment for which safety is requested
Specified reflow soldering condition

variation of contact resistance (increase), short
circuits, open circuits, and temperature rise are some
problems that might be generated.
To design a set which places maximum emphasis on
safety, review the affect of any single fault of a switch
in advance and perform virtually fail-safe de sign to
ensure maximum safety by:
safety so that the single fault of a switch does not
cause a dangerous situation.
230
220
210
200
0
20
40
Time (s) at 200 C or more
(Main heating part)
60
2. Notes on circuit conditions

1. To ensure reliability, use detector switches within the
rated range, as designated in Product Specifications for
Information.
2. To avoid malfunction of a set due to bounce generated
by turning the switch ON and OFF, and/or due to chatter
generated by external vibrations, etc., take the following
into consideration in design.
Read contact multiple times.
6. For actual use, be sure to refer to Product

Specifications for Information.
(In Case of microcomputer Processing )
Set a delay time.

(Recommendation: 3 or more times of reading with the cycle of 3 ms or over)
Prepare a CR integrating circuit.

(Recommendation: A time constant of 6 ms or over )
3. Prohibited items and notes on mounting and

operating conditions
1. Design so that the load applied to the lever when a set is
used is within the rated range of the switch's lever strength.
ES22
00 Oct. 2012
Detector Switches
Common Specifications (Standard)
Lever Strength
To withstand 10 N push force applied in operating direction for 15 seconds (ESE11, 22, 24, 31)
To withstand 2 N push force applied in operating direction for 15 seconds (ESE13, 16, 18, 23)
To withstand 1 N push force applied in operating direction for 15 seconds (ESE58)
Mechanical
Specifications
Terminal Strength
To withstand 3 N push force applied on the end of

terminal in any direction for 1 minute
[0.5 N : ESE13, 16, 18, 23, 58]
Contact Resistance
Terminal to Terminal and Terminal to Outer Metal Part:

100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding
Voltage
Terminal to Terminal and Terminal to Outer Metal Part:

100 Vac for 1 minute
Operating
Temperature Range
Detector Switches
Electrical
Specifications
500 m max.
10 C to +70 C (ESE11, 22, 24, 31)

10 C to +60 C (ESE13, 16, 18, 23, 58)
Heat Resistance
+80 C for 96 hours (ESE11, 22, 24)

+85 C for 96 hours (ESE31)
+70 C for 96 hours (ESE13, 16, 18, 23, 58)
Low Temperature
Resistance
25 C for 96 hours
40 C for 96 hours (ESE31)
Humidity Resistance
40 C, 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
60 C, 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours (ESE31)
Environmental
Specifications
Non-loaded Life
Contact resistance
Number of operations Contact resistance
50000 cycles
Voltage drop
Voltage drop
:
:
:
:
1 max. (ESE11, 13, 24)

3 max. (ESE22, 31)
1.5 V max. (ESE16, 18, 58)
1.0 V max. (ESE23)
Loaded Life
Contact resistance
Number of operations Contact resistance
50000 cycles
Voltage drop
Voltage drop
:
:
:
:
1 max. (ESE11, 13, 24)

3 max. (ESE22, 31)
1.5 V max. (ESE16, 18, 58)
1.0 V max. (ESE23)
ES23
00 Oct. 2012
Detector Switches
Type, Series
Part No.
Packaging
Quantity/Carton
(Export)
Min. Qty/
Packing Unit

Type: ESE58
ESE58
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
30000 pcs.
(120000 pcs.)
5000 pcs.

Type: ESE16
ESE16
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
24000 pcs.
(96000 pcs.)
4000 pcs.
18000 pcs.
(72000 pcs.)
3000 pcs.
30000 pcs.
(120000 pcs.)
5000 pcs.
ESE13V
Type: ESE13
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
ESE13H

Type: ESE18
ESE18
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
30000 pcs.
(120000 pcs.)
5000 pcs.

Type: ESE31
ESE31
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
15000 pcs.
(60000 pcs.)
2500 pcs.
6000 pcs.
(24000 pcs.)
1000 pcs.
24000 pcs.
(96000 pcs.)
4000 pcs.
18000 pcs.
(72000 pcs.)
3000 pcs.
10000 pcs.
(40000 pcs.)
500 pcs.
10000 pcs.
(40000 pcs.)
200 pcs.
8000 pcs
200 pcs.
4800 pcs.
(19200 pcs.)
800 pcs.
9000 pcs.
(36000 pcs.)
1500 pcs.
24000 pcs.
(96000 pcs.)
4000 pcs.
10000 pcs.
(50000 pcs.)
200 pcs.
8000 pcs.
(40000 pcs.)
160 pcs.
6000 pcs.
(24000 pcs.)
1000 pcs.
3000 pcs.
(12000 pcs.)
500 pcs.
ESE22MV21T
ESE22MH22
ESE22MH24
Type: ESE22
ESE22MH27T
ESE22MH28T
ESE22MH52
ESE22MH54
ESE22MH51
ESE22MH53
ESE22MH57
ESE22MH58
ESE22MV21
ESE22MH21
ESE22MH23
ESE22MH27
ESE22MH28
ESE11SV
ESE11MV
ESE11SH
ESE11MH
ESE11HS
ESE11SF
Type: ESE11
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
ESE11MV2
ESE11MVT
(Excluding : ESE11MV2)
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
ESE11MHT
Type: ESE23
ESE 23
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
ESE24SH
ESE24SV
ESE24MH
ESE24MV
2 W Detector Switches
Type: ESE24
ESE24SH1
ESE24SH6
ESE24SH7
ESE24SV2
ESE24SV8
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
ESE24MHT
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
ESE24MVT
ES24
00 Oct. 2012
Detector Switches/ESE58
Type:
ESE58
Features
Thin body: 0.9 mm.

Circuit type: Normally-open and normally-closed
Detection of media in portable electronic equipment

(Mobile phones/Digital still cameras/DVCs, etc.)
types are available.

Lineup with variations in right-left operations.
Design No
Product Code
6th
L
R
Type
Left-side operation type
Right-side operation type
Specifications
Rating
50 A 3 Vdc to 10 mA 5 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance
500 m max. (Initial)
100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage
Operating Force
300 mN max.
Mounting Height
0.9 mm
Poles and Throws
1-pole 1-throw
With boss
: 1.5 mm (1.5 mm)
Without boss : 1.25 mm (1.5 mm)
Full Travel (Pushing distance)

Operating Life
50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range
10 C to +60 C
Heat Resistance
+70 C for 96 hours
Low Temperature Resistance
25 C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance
+40 C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
5000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton
30000 pcs.
ES25
00 Oct. 2012
No. 1
Nomal open type

ESE58L11 J-bent terminals
1-pole 1-throw
with Boss
ESE58L11B
without Boss
ESE58L11A
0.5
0.2
with Boss
ESE58L61B
1.25
1.1
1.75
2.3
On position
Operation point
(0.75)
0.90.1
2.8
4.5
PWB mounting hole
for reference
(Pitch tolerance: 0.05)
without Boss
ESE58L61A
0.2
0.5
PWB mounting hole

for reference
0.60.05
1.60.1
Nomal open type

ESE58R11 J-bent terminals
1-pole 1-throw
0.6
1.05
0.8
1.55
2.45
0.90.1
2.8
4.5
1.35
3.5
0.77
0.39
Off position
(0.55)
3.0
1.35
0.4
0.9
0.8
2.8
4.5
2.150.2
0.3
0.7
2
Off position
0.90.1
PWB mounting hole

for reference
without Boss
ESE58R11A
0.2
0.60.05
1.60.1
ES26
1.25
1.1
2.30.2
2.65
0.90.1
On position
1.75
R0
.14
Operation point
PWB mounting hole

for reference
3.5
Full stroke position 1.25
2.8
4.5
(0.75)
3.0
0.3
0.90.1
0.77
0.39
5
2.4
0.7
On position 0.48
Pivot center 0.24
(0.64)
0.8
0
.7
2
1.6
2.550.2
2.9
2.0
Operation point
0.25
3.5
On position
R0
0.77
0.39
5
2.4
(1)
On position 0.48
Pivot center 0.24
(0.64)
.14
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.4
C0
.1
0.44 Off position

0.24
Pivot center
(0.64)
.45
Operation point
R2
0.6
0.45
2.9
2.60.2
2.0
Operation point
(1)
with Boss
ESE58R11B
1.6
0.5
0.45
0.3
3.0
0.9
0.4
0.4
C0
.1
3.50.2
No. 3
0.77
0.39
0.44 Off position

0.24
Pivot center
(0.64)
.14
.45
R0
.14
R0
R2
0.7
2.65
0.7
3.0
2.0
2.550.2
0.8
3.5
0.2
3.0
(0.64)
2.8
4.5
Nomal closed type

ESE58L61 J-bent terminals
1-pole 1-throw
No. 2
0.77
0.39
0.48 On position
0.24
Pivot center
.45
PWB mounting hole

for reference
0.60.05
1.60.1
0.4
C0
.1
R2
0.3
0.90.1
On position
Operation point
(1)
3.0
0.25
3.5
2.9
0.7
(0.64)
1.6
2
0.7
0.77
0.39
0.48 On position
0.24
Pivot center
.14
.14
.45
R0
R0
R2
0.5
0.2
2.8
4.5
PWB mounting hole

for reference
00 Oct. 2012
No. 4
Nomal closed type

ESE58R61 J-bent terminals
1-pole 1-throw
with Boss
ESE58R61B
without Boss
ESE58R61A
0.4
C0
.1
0.6
1.05

Operation point
1.55
Off position
2.150.2
2.45
0.6
0.45
0.4
(0.55)
2.8
4.5
3.5
PWB mounting hole

for reference
0.90.1
2.8
4.5
0.8
(0.64)
3.0
1.35
0.90.1
0.77
0.39
.45
R2
1.35
R0
.1
4
0.44
0.24
0.3
Pivot center
0.9

2.0
Operation point
2.60.2
Off position
2.9
0.45
0.3
(1)
3.0
0.9
0.4
3.5
1.6
0.8
Pivot center (0.64)
Off position
0.77
0.39
5
2.4
2
0.7
0.44
0.24
R0
.1
4
Off position
0.5
0.2
0.5
0.2
PWB mounting hole

for reference
0.60.05
1.60.1
Circuit Diagram
Normal open type
1-pole 1-throw (N . O)
Type ESE58L
Type ESE58R
Common
Terminal
Common
Terminal
Normal closed type

1-pole 1-throw (N . C)
Type ESE58L
C Terminal
Type ESE58R
Common
Terminal C
Common
Taping Reel
380.02.0
16.4
P=8.00.1
4.00.1
2.00.1
Pilot holes
Drawing direction
TOP
7.50.1
1.750.1
13.5
16.00.3
.1
+0 0
.5
1
END
Carrier tape
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Packed portion
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
Cover tape
ES27
00 Oct. 2012
Type:
ESE16
Features
External Dimensions: 2.2 mm3.35 mm (Height:1.5 mm)

Light operating force: 250 mN or less
Auto mounting supported: Can be mounted by standard

(Mobile phones / Digital still cameras / Camcorders)
nozzles
Product Code
Type
Design No
Specifications
Rating
Contact Resistance
10 M max. (100 Vdc)
Operating Force
250 mN max.
Mounting Height
1.5 mm
Poles and Throws
1-pole 1-throw
1.5 mm (1.0 mm)
Operating Life
50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range
10 C to +60 C
Heat Resistance
+70 C for 96 hours
25 C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance
+40 C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Quantity/Carton
24000 pcs.
ES28
00 Oct. 2012
ESE16
1-pole 1-throw
2.3
1.6
3.35
2.2
2.65 max.
0.5
PWB land pattern reference

1.4
3.35
0.45
1.5
1.5
2.2
2.5
Vertical direction
ON starting position
Full stroke position
Circuit Diagram
1-pole 1-throw (N.O)
1
Separate
1
terminal
Dummy
2 terminal
Separate
3
terminal
Dummy
4 terminal
Taping Reel
16.4
END
P=8.00.1
4.00.1
2.00.1
Drawing direction
Leading portion 400 mm min
TOP
Pilot holes
16.0
.1
+0 0
Carrier tape
.5
7.50.1
1.750.1
380.02.0
Non-packed portion
Packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
Cover tape
ES29
00 Oct. 2012
Type:
ESE13
Features
Thin type : Height=1.2 mm

Highly reliable contact
SMD type (Embossed taping, Reflow soldering)

(Mobile phones / Digital still cameras / Camcorders)

1
Design No
Product Code
6th
H
V
Type
From under to top type
From top to under type
9th
A
B
C
D
Positioning
Terminal Type
Without Boss
With Boss
Without Boss
With Boss
J-bent Type
J-bent Type
Straight Type
Straight Type
Specifications
Rating
Contact Resistance
100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Operating Force
300 mN max.
Mounting Height
1.2 mm
Poles and Throws
1-pole 1-throw
Type V : 2.15 mm (2.15 mm)
Type H : 3.05 mm (2.15 mm)

Operating Life
50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range
10 C to +60 C
Heat Resistance
+70 C for 96 hours
25 C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance
Quantity/Carton
+40 C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours

ESE13H
ESE13V
ESE13H
30000 pcs.
ESE13V
18000 pcs.
ES30
00 Oct. 2012
ESE13V J-bent terminals
1-pole 1-throw
3.6
.1
+0
-0
.8
B
0.55
3.0

0.6
0.9
1.20.2
(1)
(0.58)
0
2-
0.65
0.4
Pivot center
c t io n
dire
tion
)
(60 )
(15
3.050.3
2.650.3
ON angular dimension
Ac
0.5
20.05
3.0
0.5
With boss
ESE13V01D
Common
terminal
Without boss
ESE13V01C
3.6
0.5 0.2
1.0
0.55
ESE13V Straight terminals

1-pole 1-throw
4.2
ma
1.95
A
0
0.6 -0.1
0.5
x.
0.7
Common
terminal
0.7
2.0 1.0
4.3
ON start
position
Pivot center
0.5
20.05 1.0
3.0
0.5
0.6
0.9
1.20.2
(1)
(0.58)
c t io n
dire
on
cti
)
(60
)
(15
B
D
Separate
3.0
0.55
terminal
ON angular dimension
A
4.2
1.140.3
1.550.35
0.65
Release position
3.050.3
2.650.3
4.6
2.2
1.2
Separate
terminal
+0.1
0
0.8 -
2-
0.4
No. 2
0.55
0.5 0.2
ma
x.
0.5
0
0.6 -0.1
ESE13H J-bent terminals

1-pole 1-throw
With boss
ESE13H01B
Common
terminal
0.7
Common
terminal C
0.7
2.0
1.0
0.4
(0.38)
1.20.2
4.3
Separate
terminal D
3.0
0.55
0.5
0.5
0.55
20.05 1.0
0.65
0.5
0.45
(0.58)
0.6
0.65
3.050.3
ON angular
dimension
)
(60 )
(15
Separate
B
D
terminal
0.770.3
Full travel
2.140.35
ON start
position
0.2
ma
Pivot center
x.
1.60.3
1
+00.
0.8
2-
2.2
3.6
Without boss
ESE13H01A
2.3
4.2
C
1.2
No. 3
Separate
terminal D
1.140.3
1.550.35
4.3
Separate
D
terminal
Release position
ON start
position
Without boss
ESE13V01A
1.0
2.2
2.0
Common
terminal C
1.2
0.7
0.7
1.95
4.2
Common
terminal
0.5
0.45
With boss
ESE13V01B
0.45
No. 1
0.5
0.6 0.1
3.0
ES31
00 Oct. 2012
ESE13H Straight terminals
1-pole 1-throw
2.3
Common 0.7
terminal
C
Separate
terminal
0.2
Separate
terminal
ON angular
dimension
0.770.3
(2.140.35)
0.6
0.65
(0.38)
0.6
B
0.55
0.65
0.4
3.050.3
1.60.3
1.20.2
)
(15
(0.58)
0.5
0.55
20.05 1.0
3.0
(60
Pivot center

ma
x.
0.5
2.0
8
0.
-
Full travel
ON start
position
.1
+0-0
0.7
4.3
4.6
2.2
Without boss
ESE13H01C
4.2
Common
terminal
1.2
With boss
ESE13H01D
3.6
No. 4
0.5
0
0.6 -0.1
Circuit Diagram
Common
C
terminal
Taping Reel
16.4
END
P=8.00.1
Drawing direction
4.00.1
TOP
2.00.1
Leading portion 400 mm min
Pilot holes
13.5
16.00.3
.1
+0 0
Carrier tape
.5
1
7.50.1
1.750.1
380.02.0
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Packed portion
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
ES32
Cover tape
00 Oct. 2012
Type:
ESE18
Features
Thin body: 1.2 mm

Circuit type: Normally-open and normally-closed

(Mobile phones/CD-ROM/DVD players, Digital still cameras)
types are available.

Travel:
Standard stroke type: 1.5 mm
Long stroke type: 2.15 mm
Surface mounted type: Packed with embossed tape.
Supports reflow soldering.

1
Design No
Product Code
6th
L
R
Type
Specifications
Rating
Contact Resistance
100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Operating Force
300 mN max.
Mounting Height
1.2 mm
Poles and Throws

1-pole 1-throw
Standard stroke type
With boss
: 1.4 mm (1.5 mm)
Long stroke type

With boss
: 1.4 mm (2.15 mm)
Operating Life
50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range
10 C to +60 C
Heat Resistance
+70 C for 96 hours
25 C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance
+40 C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Quantity/Carton
30000 pcs.
ES33
00 Oct. 2012
.7)
2.6 max.
5
0.6
dir
(52
ec
.4
)
(14
R0.
3
0.25
1.15
3.0
3.8
(2)
1.2
Pivot center
Case center
Dummy terminal
0.25
0.25
0.4
Pivot center
1.8
3.6
0.5
2.7
4.0


ESE18L Straight terminals
1-pole 1-throw
ON angular terminal
OFF angular terminal
.7)
(14
2.6 max.
65
0.
n
io
)
4
2.
R0.3
(5
5.4
3.2
0.54
0.25
1.15
Dummy terminal
3.0
4.1
Case center 1.2
0.7
0.5 0.5
0.75
(2.0)
1.4
1.0
0.5
0.7
(Pivot center)
0.25
0.4
Operation point
Normal closed
without Boss
ESE18L61C
ON start position
OFF start position
Pivot center
ON start position
OFF start position
3.4
2.00.1
Normal closed
with Boss
ESE18L61D
2.9
2.6
0.60.05
(1.2)
1.0
Normal open
without Boss
ESE18L11C
Acti
on
dir
e
ct
Normal open
with Boss
ESE18L11D
0.54
0.75
0.7
0.7
0.5
3.4
2.00.1
ON start position
OFF start position
0.5
1.20.2
No. 2
5.4
3.2
ON start position
OFF start position
1.4
1.0
0.60.05
Act
ion
(1.2)
1.0
Normal closed
with Boss
ESE18L61B
tio
0.5
Operation point
Normal open
without Boss
ESE18L11A
Normal closed
without Boss
ESE18L61A
0.25
ON angular terminal
2.9
Normal open
with Boss
ESE18L11B

ESE18L J-bent terminals
1-pole 1-throw
2.6
No. 1
0.5
2.7
4.0
1.20.2
1.8
3.6

.7
(14
(3.2)
65
0.
R0
.3
(52
.4
0.5
1.20.2
)
ON start position
OFF start position
5.4
3.2
0.54
1.15
0.5
2.7
4.0
3.0
3.8
Case center 1.2
0.7
0.5
0.75
(Pivot center) 0.7
1.4
1.0
0.25
Pivot center
0.25
0.4
Operation point
0.60.05
0.25
3.4
2.00.1
Normal closed
with Boss
ESE18L62B
(1.2)
1.0
Normal open
without Boss
ESE18L12A
Normal closed
without Boss
ESE18L62A
0.5
3.55
3.1
(2.0)
Normal open
with Boss
ESE18L12B
0.25
Long stroke type

ESE18L J-bent terminals
ON angular terminal
1-pole 1-throw
ON start position
OFF start position
No. 3
1.8
3.6
ES34
00 Oct. 2012
No. 4
Long stroke type

ESE18L Straight terminals
Normal open 1-pole 1-throw
ON angular terminal
with Boss
ESE18L12D
.3
(5
2.4
)
5.4
3.2
R0
0.54
0.25
1.15
1.4
1.0
0.5
1.20.2
0.5
2.7
4.0
3.0
4.1
Case center 1.2
0.25
0.4
ON start position
OFF start position
Pivot center
ON start position
OFF start position
Operation point
3.4
2.00.1
Normal closed
with Boss
ESE18L62D
3.55
3.1
(2.0)
0.60.05
(1.2)
1.0
0.75
(Pivot center) 0.7
0.7
0.5
Normal open
without Boss
ESE18L12C
Normal closed
without Boss
ESE18L62C
)
.7
(3.2)
65
0.
(14
1.8
3.6

ESE18R J-bent terminals
Normal open 1-pole 1-throw
No. 5
0.25
with Boss
ESE18R11B
0.5
ON angular terminal
5.4
3.2
io
irect
0.25
1.15
3.0
3.8
Pivot center
0.75
0.7
0.7
0.5
3.4
2.00.1
1.2
1.0
2.6
(2)
1.4
2.9
0.60.05
nd
tio
Ac
Normal closed
with Boss
ESE18R61B
R0.3
Operation point
(1.2)
1.0
Normal closed
without Boss
ESE18R61A
(14
.7
)
2.6 max.
0.6
5
ON start position
OFF start position
.4
(52
Normal open
without Boss
ESE18R11A
Case center
Pivot center
0.25
Dummy terminal
0.25
0.4
0.5
1.20.2

ESE18R Straight terminals
1-pole 1-throw
ON angular terminal
(14
.7
0.25
1.15
1.4
1.0
0.5
Dummy terminal
0.5
2.7
4.0
3.0
0.75
0.7
(Pivot center)
0.7
0.5 0.5
(2.0)
Operation point
2.9
2.6
ON start position
OFF start position
0.60.05
Pivot center
5.4
3.2
ti o
irec
3.4
2.00.1
nd
tio
Ac
)
0.25
0.4
0.54
4
2.
Normal closed
without Boss
ESE18R61C
(1.2)
1.0
(5
Normal closed
with Boss
ESE18R61D
ON start position
OFF start position
2.6 max.
0.
65
R0.3
Normal open
without Boss
ESE18R11C
4.1
Normal open
with Boss
ESE18R11D

Case center 1.2
No. 6
1.8
3.6
0.5
2.7
4.0
1.8
3.6
1.20.2

ES35
00 Oct. 2012
0.5
(14
.
Case center
Dummy terminal
0.5
2.7
4.0
0.5
1.2 0.2
1.8
3.6
Long stroke type

ESE18R Straight terminals
1-pole 1-throw
ON angular terminal
(14
.
ON start position
OFF start position
)
Pivot center
0.25
1.15
1.20.2
Dummy terminal
0.5
2.7
4.0
3.0
4.1
0.5
0.75
0.7
0.7
0.5
(Pivot center)
3.4
2.00.1
0.25
0.4
0.5
Case center 1.2
0.60.05
.3
Normal closed
without Boss
ESE18R62C
0.54
5.4
3.2
.4
R0
1.0
Normal closed
with Boss
ESE18R62D
(3.2)
0.
65
(52
(1.2)
Normal open
without Boss
ESE18R12C
3.0
3.8
0.75
0.7
0.7
0.5
1.2
Pivot center
Pivot center
0.25
0.4
5.4
3.2
0.25
1.15
3.55
3.1
(2.0)
1.4
1.0
0.60.05
2.00.1
3.4
0.54
0.25
.4
(3.2)
0.
65
(52
Operation point
R0
Normal closed
without Boss
ESE18R62A
7
)
.3
(1.2)
1.0
Normal closed
with Boss
ESE18R62B
Normal open
with Boss
ESE18R12D
ON angular terminal
ON start position
OFF start position
Normal open
without Boss
ESE18R12A
No. 8
0.25
3.55
3.1
(2.0)
1.4
1.0
Normal open
with Boss
ESE18R12B
Long stroke type

ESE18R J-bent terminals
1-pole 1-throw
ON start position
OFF start position
Operation point
No. 7
1.8
3.6
Circuit Diagram
Normal open type
Type ESE18L
Type ESE18R
Dummy
Common
terminal
Dummy
Dummy
Dummy
Normal closed type

1-pole 1-throw (N . C)
Type ESE18L
Common
terminal
Type ESE18R
Dummy
Common
terminal
Dummy
Dummy
Dummy
Common
terminal
ES36
00 Oct. 2012
Long stroke type
Taping Reel
16.4
13.5
16.00.3
P=8.00.1
Drawing direction
4.00.1
TOP
2.00.1
Pilot holes
.1
+0 0
.5
END
Carrier tape
7.50.1
1.750.1
380.02.0
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Packed portion
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
ES37
Cover tape
00 Oct. 2012
Type:
ESE31
Features
Increased the mounting strength Mounting strength: 80 N

Decreased the profile of the switch body Height: 1.7 mm
Increased the contact reliability and lifespan.
Lifespan: 100,000 operations or more

1
Design No
Product Code
6th
L
R
Type
Specifications
Rating
Contact Resistance
100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Operating Force
390 mN max.
Mounting Height
1.7 mm
Poles and Throws
1-pole 1-throw
Full Travel
(Pushing distance)
3.2 mm (2.15 mm)
Operating Life
50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range
10 C to +70 C
Heat Resistance
+85 C for 96 hours
40 C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance
+60 C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Quantity/Carton
15000 pcs.
ES38
00 Oct. 2012
No. 2
ESE31L11T
1-pole 1-throw
5.75
5.75
R3.8
2.8
Horizontal
direction
1.1
1 1.2
3.5
7.45
1.2 1
3.5
7.45
0.50.05
2.5
1.3
6.0
9.0
5.6
2.5
2.5
1.3
5.5
1.1+0.05
0
1.6
1.2
2.5
9.0
5.6
2-10.05
1.6
1.2
2-10.05
5.5
.2
C0
1.1+0.05
0
1.6
2-
2C
0.
2
5.9
0.5
5.9
0.50.05
1.6
6.0
0.5
1.7
1.5
1.1
4.35
5.4
(8.65)
3.2
Horizontal
ON position
measuring
position
Vertical direction
1.1
(8.65)
5.4
4.35
Horizontal
ON position
measuring
position
5.450.1
Horizontal
direction
(2.5)
0.6
(1) 1.21.05
1.45
2.50.1
2.3
5.2
R0.2
Vertical
direction
Measuring position 0.42

Horizontal ON position 0.260.25
0.14
Operation point
0.42 Measuring position

0.260.25 Horizontal ON position
Operation point
0.14
2.8
1.7 Vertical direction

1.5 ON starting position
1.1
R3.8
Vertical direction
1-pole 1-throw
ESE31R11T
3.2
5.450.1
5.2
2.3
2.50.1
1.45
(1) 1.2 1.05
0.6
(2.5)
No. 1
1.1+0.05
0
1.1+0.05
0
1.7
6.1
1.7
6.1
Circuit Diagram
ESE31L11T
ESE31R11T
C Common terminal
Common terminal C
Common terminal C
Common terminal C
C Common terminal
C Common terminal
Taping Reel
16.4
END
P=12.00.1 Drawing direction

4.00.1
TOP
Pilot holes
2.00.1
13.5
16.00.3
.1
+0 0
.5
Carrier tape
7.50.1
1.750.1
380.02.0
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Packed portion
Non-packed
portion
(100 mm min.)
Cover tape
ES39
00 Oct. 2012
Type:
ESE22
Features
Can be operated with different actuation angles
(horizontally and vertically)

Reflow soldering
Light operating force

1
Product Code
Style
Type
Design No.
Specifications
Rating
Contact Resistance
100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Operating Force
Mounting Height
300 mN max.
Type MV
4.1 mm
Type MH with Frame 2.85 mm
Poles and Throws

Type MH
1-pole 1-throw
Type MV
4.25 mm(2.05 mm) Type MH 1.2 mm(2.0 mm)
Type MH with Frame 0.6 mm(2.0 mm)
Operating Life
50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range
10 C to +70 C
Heat Resistance
+80 C for 96 hours

Humidity Resistance
2.1 mm
25 C for 96 hours
+40 C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Type MV
Type MH with Frame
Type MH

Quantity/Carton
Type MV
Type MH with Frame
Type MH

ES40
00 Oct. 2012
No. 2
Boss center
ON starting position standard
Vertical direction
5.7
ON starting
position
.5
ON starting
position
Full stroke
position
0.26
2.2
Vertical direction
2.8
3.2
(0.7
R4
.5
.0
-1
1.5
3.95
5.0
6.5
1.5
2.7
1.0
1.4
3.5
1.0
2.1 max.
0.0
0
Horizontal
ON position
measuring
position
2.7
.05
0
0
1.0
2-
0.05
0.05
(8.65)
2.5
2.3
1.2
R4
0.88
1.45
1.0
0.88
0.26
2.2
Horizontal
ON position
measuring
position
Boss center
1.7
ON starting position standard
5.3
5.7
3.2
2.8
Full stroke
position
1h
1.
(The hole flux
prevention)
(8.65)
6.5
5.0
3.95
5.3
ole
2.2
1.7
hole
6.0
3.5
1.9
2.50.1
6.0
3.5
1.1 +0.0
0 5h
ole
1.45
1.0
1.9
21.1 +0.0
.7
1. (The hole for flux prevention)

1h
ole 2.2
1-pole 1-throw
1.2
2.5
2.3
1-pole 1-throw
Type
Packaging
Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
No. 1
Part Numbers H : boss

ESE22MH23
0.5
ESE22MH28
1.0
ESE22MH24
0.5
ESE22MH28T
1.0
2.50.1
Type
Packaging
(
0
Part Numbers H : boss

ESE22MH21
0.5
ESE22MH27
1.0
ESE22MH22
0.5
ESE22MH27T
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.4
3.5
1.0
2.1 max.
1.0
Part Numbers
Packaging
Part Numbers
Packaging
ESE22MV21
ESE22MH51
ESE22MV21T
ESE22MH52
No. 3
No. 4
1-pole 1-throw
1-pole 1-throw
With Frame Type

Center of on start position
in case of horizontal operation
1.4
1.95
(4.0)
1.2
1.2
1.0
0
1.2- 0.1
0.
1.0 - 0.1
0.
4
5
2
0.13 max.
0.45
5.85
5.1
4.25
(3.1)
R4
0.6
.5
(0.7
1
3.5
0.35 max.
ES41
1.5
R0.
0.6
1.00.1
2.1
1.4
ON starting
1.5 0.3 position
0.2 0.88
ON starting
position
.3
R0
1.4
3.5
Horizontal ON starting
(Tolerance:0.05)
position
(Scale:1/2)
6.15
2.85
0.5
Vertical direction
2
0.28 0.98
Horizontal ON position
0.180.25
ON
starting
position
10.1
measuring point
0.08
1
5
2.2 R4.5
0.
7
4.75
Pushable height
0
0.
+
1.6 .7 0 le)
o
0 (H
2-
1.6
1.0
measuring position
3.4
4.4
0.2
Part A
5.95
3.5
2.0
3.5
(View from A direction, SCL=1/2)
5.95
4.8
3.5
0.2
Part A
1.2
0.6
1.3 (2.1)
3.95
2.6 +0.3
0.2
0 1
1.6
R0
.45
.3 +0.
1.9 0.1
1.4
1.0
4.1
5.9 0.3
6.3 0.3
direction
3.8
1.5 2.4 1.5
1
.1 +0. Operating
1
5.70.1
0.1 min.
4.0
1.6 0.5
2.0 2.95
1.4
0.1 3
0.5
00 Sep. 2010
Part Numbers
Packaging
Part Numbers
Packaging
ESE22MH53
ESE22MH57
ESE22MH54
No. 5
1-pole 1-throw
No. 6
1-pole 1-throw
Solder lug Type
With Frame Type
0.2
Part A
0.2
Part A
3.35
4.15
0.1 min.
0.2
Part A
5.95
4.8
3.5
0.2
Part A
0.1min.
5.95
4.8
3.5
2-1
.7
0
4
5
0.6
1.2
.2
C0
1.2
1.5
2
1
3.5
0.35 max.
0.6
2.2
2.1
1.4
55
Horizontal on starting
position
6.15
Vertical direction
2.85
0.28
0.98
2
Horizontal on position 0.180.25
10.1
measuring point
5
0.08
4
.
R0
1
5
5
.
2.2 R4
0.
7
4
Part A
5
10.1
0.6
R4
.
0.5
1.2
0.1 3
0.5
1.6
3.5
1.2 Part A
Packaging
ESE22MH58
1-pole 1-throw
Common
terminal
2-
1.6
0.1
0.6
7.50.1
1.750.1
13.5
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
Packed portion
Cover tape
ESE22MV
7.9 0.4
END
Carrier tape
10.0
P=12.00.1
4.00.1
2.00.1
Drawing direction
TOP
Pilot holes
13.5
0.5
P=8.00.1
Drawing direction
4.00.1
TOP
2.00.1
Pilot holes
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
1.750.1
C
0.
0.6 2
1.4
2.1
0.2
2.6 +0.3
1.3 (2.1)
1.2
0.6
END
Carrier tape
.1
+0 0
16.4
.5
1
ESE22MH
380.02.0
.1
+0 0
4
Part A
5
.5
3.95
Taping Reel
Part A
1.2
0.5
10.1
5
.4
R0
2.85
2
16.00.3
3.5
Vertical direction
Horizontal operation
0.98 0.28
0.180.25
0.08
measuring point
R4
.55
Part A
2.2
.7
1
0
1.2
3.35
4.15
Common
terminal
1.6
0.2
Part A
0.1 min.
0.2
Part A
0.5
Solder lug Type

5.95
4.8
3.5
Part A
Circuit Diagram
16.00.3
7.5
No. 7
C0.2
3
2
Part Numbers
0.5
0.6
2.85
6.15
2
0.98 0.28
0.180.25 Horizontal ON position
0.08
measuring point
1
4.75
0.2
2.6 +0.3
1.3 (2.1)
1.2
0.6
.45
R0
3.95
1.6
1.4
2.1
Horizontal ON starting
position
1.2
0.6
1.3 (2.1)
3.95
2.6 +0.3
0.2
0.1
Vertical direction
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Packed portion
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
Cover tape
Insert direction of switch
ES42
00 Oct. 2012
Type:
ESE11
Features
Wide range of customizable features including

operational directions
Light operating force

Wide available range for reflow soldering

1
Specifications
Rating
Contact Resistance
100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Operating Force
Mounting Height
350 mN max. (Full Travel)
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Poles and Throws
SV
4.9 mm
MV
4.9 mm (MV2, 7 : 5.4 mm)
SH
5.25 mm
MH
4.25 mm
HS, SF 3.6 mm
1-pole 1-throw
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
SV
MV
SH
MH
HS, SF
6.1
6.1
3.0
1.7
6.3
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
(2.4
(2.4
(2.4
(2.4
(2.4
mm)
mm)
mm)
mm)
mm)
Operating Life
50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range
10 C to +70 C
Heat Resistance
+80 C for 96 hours
25 C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance
+40 C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
ES43
00 Oct. 2012
ESE11SV
ESE11MV
ESE11SH
ESE11MH
ESE11HS
ESE11SF
Quantity/
Carton
200 pcs.
ESE11MVT
800 pcs.
ESE11MHT
1500 pcs.
ESE11SV
ESE11MV
ESE11SH
ESE11MH
ESE11HS
ESE11SF
10000 pcs.
ESE11MV2
8000 pcs.
ESE11MVT
4800 pcs.
ESE11MHT
9000 pcs.

ESE11SV1 For wave soldering
1-pole 1-throw
No. 2
ESE11MV1
For reflow soldering

1-pole 1-throw
1.0
2.2
3.0
Gold plating
ESE11MV5 1.51.75
3.0
2.2
No. 1
5.2
6.4
5.2
6.4
A
1.65
2.45
1.27
1.0
Full travel
0.8
7.75
0.8
6.1
1.0
8.50.2
4.9
7.75
6.1
8.5
0.1
0
1.20.1
1.650.1
1.75
1.0
(2.7)
1.0
4.9
1.0
Vertical Type
ON starting
position
1.0
0.95
2.3
Full travel
ON starting
position
1.27
1.0
1.2 0.1
1.85
1.3
Ho
1.4
le
2.0 2.0
2-
3.3
+0
0 .05
.0 5
+0
0
Lever center
2.3
1.4
0.95
3.25
3.35
(2.45)
1.4
.1
.25
1
1.4
(3.3)

View from A

View from A
ES44
00 Oct. 2012
No. 4
ESE11MV9 For reflow soldering

1-pole 1-throw
ESE11MV2
1.5
1.75
1.0

1-pole 1-throw
1.75
1.0
2.2
3.0
2.2
3.0
No. 3
Gold plating
ESE11MV13 1.5
5.2
6.4
5.2
6.4
A
1.65
1.65
Full travel
1.27
1.0
1.27
1.0
Full travel
ON starting
position
+0
0 .0
1.0
2.0 2.0
1.3
H
1.4
ole
3.25
3.35
ESE11SH1C For reflow soldering

1-pole 1-throw
No. 6
ESE11SH2C
Gold plating
ESE11SH6
6.4
5.6
1.65
1.5
4.2
1.0
1.0
1.5
3.2
5.36
6.5
0.1
2.35
1.0
0.1
0.8
2.35
5.1
3.1
1.0
5.36
1.5
1.5
2.35
2.35
3.2
8.5
8.5
1.0
1.2
5.36
2-1.10
2-1.20
(5.4)
(5.4)
1.0
3.0
4.65
5.4
5.1
3.1
1.2
Full travel
ON starting
position
1.75
0.8
3.0
4.65
5.4
1.27
5.9
5.7
4.75
1.27
5.9
5.7
4.75
Full travel
ON starting
position
5.36
6.5
1.0
Horizontal Type
3.0
3.15
5.25
4.2
1.65
1.0
1.75
(1.65)
For wave soldering

1-pole 1-throw
6.4
5.6
1.75
10.25

View from A

View from A
Gold plating
ESE11SH5
1.4
1.4
3.25
3.35
No. 5
0.8
8.6 max.
5.4
7.5
11.0
7.75
1.85
2-
3.0
3.15
5.25
.30
1.2 0.1
1.75
2.0 2.0
41.4
1.65
41.4
1.4
1.75
1.85
0
1.2 0.1
1.0
1.65
6.1
4.9
0.8
8.5
1.0
Vertical Type
Lever center
1.75
2-1.10
(1.65)
2-1.20
Lever center

View from A

View from A
ES45
00 Oct. 2012
1.4
2.2
0.6
3.0
2
0.
C
hole
5.85
M2 screw hole
1.150.05
+0.05
0
M2 screw hole 1.30
hole
6.3
7.95
8.7
7.0
6.25
4.6
0.1
1.65
6.15
4.500.05
5.85
1.150.05
+0.05
0
2.1
1.0
1.0
3.6
5.85
1.15
0.9
4.5
1.5
7.650.05
1.30
6.15
M2 screw hole
Full travel
ON starting
position
5.85
2.850.05
1.5
0
1
0.
2.85
7.0
6.25
4.6
1.0
3.6
0.9
4.5
5.85
2.850.05
View from side A
hole
.0
+0.05
0
1.6
1.75
2.25
6.15
M2 screw hole 1.30
Full travel
2.2
1.27
1.5
1.0
.
1
6.15
4.500.05
ON starting
position
0
1.20.1
6.15
0.1
1.65
.
1
1.5
3.0
3.6
Full travel
ON starting
position
A
1.6
1.75
2.25
1.0
5.2
8.6
4.6
ESE11HS2 For reflow soldering

1-pole 1-throw
3.75
1.0
1.0
3.0
3.6
3.75
0 0
.1
2.85
1.15
.0
4.1
4.6
Full travel
2.2
1.27
1.5
0.60.05
1.7
1.0
3.35
No. 10
5.4
4.4
3.2
2.9
Full travel
5.36
ON starting
position
1.0
4.25
1.27
1.0
7.65
4.5
0
1.20.1
0
1.20.1
6.15
1.75
4.1
0.5
0.1
1.2
2
0.
C
1.2
1.5
6.3
7.95
8.7
Horizontal Type
5.2
5.85
0.60.05
1.7
ESE11HS1 For reflow soldering

1-pole 1-throw
8.6
6.4
5.6
3.70.7
7.65
4.5
0
1.20.1
0.7
3.0
1.27
Full travel
5.36
1.0
A
2.1
4.25
0.5
0.2
1.5
le
5.4
4.4
3.2
2.9
6.4
5.6
20
.7
0
View from A
1.65
ho
0.2
0.7
70
1.5
1.6
1.75
5.36
0.

View from A
1.0
No. 9
6.7
2.2
1.65
1.2
1.75
0.8
0.6
4.9
6.7
5.36
5.0
1.6
1.5
1.4
7.6
3.4
1.6
1.5
1.4
Gold plating
ESE11MH4
0.1
1.2
5.0
1.6
1.75
0.8
ESE11MH2 For reflow soldering

1-pole 1-throw
1.4
Gold plating
ESE11MH3
7.6
No. 8
For wave soldering

1-pole 1-throw
4.9
ESE11MH1
3.4
No. 7
7.650.05
1.30
+0.05
0
hole
View from side B

View from side A
View from side B
ES46
00 Oct. 2012
ESE11SF1A With mounting hole
1-pole 1-throw
No. 11
8.0
0.6
0.6
0.5
1.0
0.8
0.5
(2.6)
1.0 3.6 1.0

3.0
0
1.20.1
1.2
5.2
1.5
2.2
1.27
Full travel
ON starting
position
+0.05
0
0
1.3
1.3+0.5
0
0.1
1.65
8.70.2
1.8+0.5
0
1.3+0.5
0
3.350.05
1.5
1.75
2.25
.
1
1.6
1.5
0.9
6.3
7.95
8.7
4.5
7.0
5.35
1.5
0.7
3.6
1.0
3.35
Horizontal Type
A
1.65

(PWB thickness=0.800.05)
View from A
8.00+0.05
0
ES47
00 Oct. 2012
Circuit Diagram
MH, SH Type
MV, SV Type
Common
terminal C
Frame
Frame
SF, HS Type
Common
C terminal
Lever
Common
terminal C
C
Common
terminal
C
Common
terminal
Taping Reel
.5
1
END
.1
+0 0
Carrier tape
P=12.00.1
Drawing direction
TOP
4.00.1
2.00.1
Pilot holes Leading portion 400 mm min.
(7.5)
13.5
16.00.3
1.750.1
ESE11MV1T, ESE11MV5T, ESE11MV9T
3802.0
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Packed portion
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
Cover tape
16.4
P=12.00.1
Drawing direction
TOP
4.00.1
2.00.1
Pilot holes Leading portion 400 mm min.
13.5
END
Carrier tape
.1
+0 0
.5
16.00.3
(7.5)
1.750.1
ESE11MH1T, ESE11MH2T
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Packed portion
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
ES48
Cover tape
00 Oct. 2012
Type:
ESE23
Bidirectional operation, midpoint auto-return Type
Features
External dimensions : 4.1 mm5.0 mm, Height 1.5 mm

Long over-travel (through-operation available)
Usable as an operation switch (an input device)

(CD-ROM, DVD, Digital still cameras, etc.)
Operating switches for other electronic equipment.

1
Product Code
Type
6th
F
J
Design No.
Terminal Type
Straight Type
J-bent Type
7th
0
1
Positioning Boss
Without Boss
With Boss
Specifications
Rating
Contact Resistance
100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Operating Force
300 mN max.
Mounting Height
1.5 mm
Poles and Throws
1-pole 2-throws (OFF at midpoint)

With Boss
Without Boss
1.0 mm (1.5 mm)

2.2 mm (1.5 mm)
Operating Life
50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range
10 C to +60 C
Heat Resistance
+70 C for 96 hours
25 C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance
+40 C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Quantity/Carton
24000 pcs.
ES49
00 Oct. 2012
0.6
0.6
5.0
.1
+0
. 7 -0
1.5
0.25
0.4
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
0.
15
Pivot center
4-0.9
1.5
2.0
0.18
1.0
2.2
2.5
0.25
0.5
4.15
0.25
0.4
0.8
.1
+0
.7 -0
0
0.6
0.8
Pivot center
5.0
1.4
2.0
1.2
0.
15
1.0
2.2
2.5
C
0.18
.1
0.6
On position
2.6
1.8
0.9
R0
0.55
1.4
1.2
2.6
1.8
0.9
4-0.9
Full position
On position
0.25
0.5
2.0
1.2
0.55
.1
Full position
1.2
0.35 max. 0.35 max.

R0
ESE23F101 Straight terminal with boss

(Without Boss available)
1-pole 2-throws
(0.5)
1-pole 2-throws
4.15
No. 2
ESE23J101 J-bent terminal with boss

(Without Boss available)
2.0
No. 1
4.2
6.4
4.2
6.4

(Pitch tolerance : 0.05)
Circuit Diagram
1-pole 2-throws (N . O)
b
Common
terminal
Common
terminal
Terminal No.
Lever
position
F
a
b
Taping Reel

16.4
END
P=8.00.1
Drawing direction
4.00.1
TOP
2.00.1
Pilot holes
13.5
16.00.3
.1
+0 0
Carrier tape
.5
7.50.1
1.750.1
380.02.0
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Packed portion
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
(13 blanks min.)
ES50
Cover tape
00 Oct. 2012
Type:
ESE24
Bidirectional operation, auto-return to midpoint type.
Features
sliding mechanical contacts

Long over-travel (through-operation available)
Used as an operation switch (an input device)
Operating switches for other electronic equipment.
A lever-type detector switch with high reliability using

(CD-ROM, DVD, Digital still cameras, etc.)
Explanation of Part Number

1
6th & 7th

SV
SH
MV
MH
Mounting Method & Style

Vertical type for wave soldering
Horizontal type for wave soldering
Vertical type for reflow soldering
Horizontal type for reflow soldering
Specifications
Rating
Contact Resistance
Operating Force

100 M min. (100 Vdc)
350 mN max.
Type SV 5.6 mm
Type SH 4.65 mm
Type MV 5.6 mm
Type MH 3.0 mm
1-pole 2-throws (OFF at midpoint)
Type SV
6.1 mm (2.45 mm)
Type SH 2.6 mm (2.45 mm)
Type MV 6.1 mm (2.45 mm)
Type MH 1.4 mm (2.45 mm)
50000 cycles min.
10 C to +70 C
+80 C for 96 hours
25 C for 96 hours
+40 C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
1
2
Mounting Height
Poles and Throws
Operating Life
Temperature Range
Heat Resistance
Humidity Resistance
Quantity/Carton
ESE24MH, MV, SV, SH

ESE24MHT
ESE24MVT
ESE24MH, MV, SV, SH
ESE24MHT
ESE24MVT
1 ESE24SH type: 160 pcs. (Polyethylene Bag), 8000 pcs. (Reel Pack)
2 ESE24SV, ESE24SH are excluded
ES51
00 Oct. 2012
No. 2
ESE24SH1 Horizontal type for wave soldering

1-pole 2-throws
+0
0 .05
.2
0
21
2.55
1.6
2.50 2.50
2.50 2.50
7.16
7.5
4.3
2.7
2924' 682
6'
No. 3
2
2.5
1.0
2.1
1.0
3.0
3.5
2.9
3.8
3.0
No. 4
ESE24MH1 Horizontal type for reflow soldering

1-pole 2-throws
ESE24MH1T (Embossed Taping)
7.50
0.25
7.25
2.00
7.5
4.3
2.7

(Tolerance: 0.05)
2924' 682
6'
3.0
1.0
5.5

(Tolerance: 0.05)
1.5
1.5
7.5
4.3
2.7
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.2
0.9
2924' 6826
'
1.2
1.0
4.0
5.4
2.5
2.5
1.0
0.5
0.1
Positioning boss
ES52
1.60
20
.70
(
3-1.40
2.50 2.50
C
0.
2
6-1.40
2.50 2.50
0.6
2.5
positioning boss
1.4 (Full position)

3.35 (ON starting position)
1.6
1.5
4.7
3.85
2.5
1.0
0.25 (Rotative center)
2.35 to 2.85 (Pushing position)
3.60
5.80
C
5.6
6.1(Full position)
8.05(ON starting position)
1.0
8.55
1
Ho
2-
2.00
7.25
0.25
4.50
1
.
5.50
le)
10
+0
0 .05
ESE24MV1 Vertical type for reflow soldering

1-pole 2-throws
ESE24MV1T (Embossed Taping)
1.65
1.60
C
2.5
4.65
3.65
1.0
0.3
1.4
2.7

(PWB thickness=0.8)
5.05
0.2
8.55
0.2
5.6
6.1 (Full position)
2.6 (Full position)


3.0
1.0
68
26
'
2924'
5
.0
+0 0
7.5
4.3
2.7
0
.1

(PWB thickness=0.8)
1
3-

2.90
8.4
7.25
2.5
2.5
C
2
2.75
61
.1
0
+0
0 .05
ESE24SV3 Vertical type for wave soldering

1-pole 2-throws
2.20
No. 1
00 Oct. 2012
Circuit Diagram
1-pole 2-throws (N . O)
F
a
Terminal No.
1
Lever
position
F
a
b
1
C
Common
terminal
Taping Reel
1.750.1
24.4
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
Drawing direction
.1
TOP
+00
.5
1
Pilot holes
21.5
24.00.3
380.02.0
P=16.00.1
4.00.1
END
Carrier tape 2.00.1
(11.5)
ESE24MHT
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
Cover tape
Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
.1
+00
.5
1
Pilot holes
Drawing direction
Leading portion
400 mm min.
TOP
9.90.2
0.4
21.5
24.00.3
1.750.1
P=16.00.1
4.00.1
END
Carrier tape 2.00.1
(11.5)
ESE24MVT
Packed portion
Packed portion
Non-packed portion
(100 mm min.)
Cover tape
ES53
00 Oct. 2012
CONTENTS
Page

Jog Ball (EVQWJN) ............................................................................................................... ES57
00 Oct. 2012
ES54

Type, Series
Appearance
Part
Country of
origin
Numbers
External
Dimensions
LWH (mm)
EVQWJN
10.79.36.0
Operating Force
Push
Jog Ball
China
: 1.0 N, 1.3 N,
1.6 N
(Use of EVQP6 Type)
Applicable
Soldering
SMD
Page
Reflow
Soldering
ES57
ES55
00 Oct. 2012

Type, Series
Jog Ball
Part Numbers
Packaging
EVQWJN
Tray Pack
Quantity/Carton
1000 pcs.
ES56
Min.Q'ty/
Packing Unit
200 pcs.
00 Oct. 2012
Multi Function Switches/EVQWJN

Jog Ball
Type:
EVQWJN
Features
Usage Example
External dimensions : 10.7 mm9.3 mm, Height: 6.0 mm,
<Ball rotary operation>

Ball : 360
endless rotation
+
Push operation
: 5.5 mm
: 1 million operations (each direction)
Magnetic detection method.
(Non-contact type)
High resolution
: 11 pulses/360
The ball rotation and push operation provide superior
operability
Light transmitting type (LED mounted on a PWB)
Ball diameter
Long life
PWB surface
LED
Hall IC
(Suggestion : Panasonic Semiconductor : AN48840B)
Push Switch
(Suggestion : Panasonic Switch : EVQP6)
Note : Jog Ball requires, hall IC and a switch (LED) mounted on a PWB.
Menu selection and confirmation operations of portable

electronic equipment (Mobile phones, Digital cameras,
Portable audio players, PDAs, and HPCs), car navigation
systems, remote controllers, etc.

1
Product Code
Type
Design No.
Specifications
Electrical
Mechanical
Endurance
20 mA 15 Vdc (Use of EVQP6 Type)

3 Vdc (Use of AN48840B Type)
Rating
Operating Force
Push
Resolution
Rotate
Travel
Push
1.0 N, 1.3 N, 1.6 N (Use of EVQP6 Type)

11 pulses/ 360
0.9 mm
Rotate
1000000 cycles min.
Push
1000000 cycles min. (Use of EVQP6 Type)
Operating life
Temperature Range
20 C to +70 C
Quantity / Carton
1000 pcs.
ES57
00 Oct. 2012
Multi Function Switches/EVQWJN

EVQWJN
10.70.1
+0.15
+0.15
9.1 0.05
2.00.1
5.5
(Ball)
3.69 0.1
1.00.1
0.50.1
+0.15
+0.15
0.9 0.1
6.2+0.15
0.1
2.20.1
+0.15
7.2+0.15
0.1
4.69 0.1
+0.25
0.55 0.2
6.0
(Operating height)
2.00.1
2.20.1
9.3 MAX
2-2.40.1
9.1 0.05
2-0.8+0.05
0.1
7.80.1
Usage Example
Usage (Reference)
2
(1
.
7)
3 Electric connecting plan

1
2
3 4,5
GND VI VO N.C.
VI:Input, VO:Output
IC Center
CPWB
(1.4)
7
3. .7
4
Note : A to D are not equipped with this product.
4-0.42
4-0.88
4-1.72
4-3.33
SW Land
IC Land
4-1.26
SW Land
4-2.7
4-3.43
2-0.85
(Piercing)
5
1
4
6)
B4 Pcs. Hall Effect IC

Recommended parts :
Panasonic Semiconductor :
AN48840B
(2
A1 Pcs Light Touch Switch

Recommended parts :
Panasonic Switch :
EVQP6 (Without knob)
IC Center
.
(0
6.0
DCover
(3
.
3. 8)
6
.8
2. )
2
7.8
IC Center
IC Center
pattern
pattern
PWB land pattern for reference
ES58
00 Oct. 2012

CONTENTS
Page
Checklist Befor Inquiry .......................................................................................................... ES62
Application Notes ................................................................................................................... ES63
Common Specifications ......................................................................................................... ES64
4 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6) ................................... ES66
4.5 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPQ) ....................................................... ES70
4.9 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT) .................................. ES73
6 mm Square Thin Type SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQP0/Q2) .................................. ES76
3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAW) ..................................................... ES80
3.0 mm2.6 mm SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAF) ...................................................... ES83
3.5 mm2.9 mm SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAA) ...................................................... ES86
4.7 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQP2/P9/3P2) ......................................... ES89
6.0 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPE1/PN/5P) ........................................ ES93
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQP7/P3/9P7) ............ ES95
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational Half Dive / SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAN) ...... ES99
Small-sized Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPU) ............................... ES102
2.8 mm2.3 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches (EVPAV) ............ ES106
4.5 mm2.2 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches (EVPAE) ............ ES108
6.2 mm2.5 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches (EVQP4) ............ ES110
6.1 mm4.0 mm Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPS)......................... ES113
5N Type Light Touch Switches (EVQPA/PB)...................................................................... ES117
5N Type Side-operational Light Touch Switches (EVQPF) ...............................................ES120
5N Type 2R Light Touch Switches (EVQ2) ........................................................................ES122
5N Type Side-operational 4R Light Touch Switches (EVQPC) ......................................... ES124
Round Type 2R Light Touch Switches (EVQ11) ...............................................................ES126
6.0 mm3.5 mm Light Touch Switches (EVQPE) ..............................................................ES128
6.0 mm3.5 mm 2R Light Touch Switches (EVQPJ) ........................................................ ES130
Over Travel Light Touch Switches (EVQP0) .......................................................................ES132
4 mm Square Double-action SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAH) ................................ ES134
6 mm Square Thin Type Double-action SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPR/Q0/3PR) ....ES137
4.7 mm3.5 mm Double-action Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAJ) ....ES140
6.2 mm3.7 mm Double-action Side-operational Edge Mount / SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQQ0) ... ES143
6 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQP0/P1/9P) ..........................ES146
6 mm Square Long Travel 2 terminals SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAS) .................ES149
6 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches (EVQPV) ........................................ES152
8 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQQ1) .................................... ES154
8 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches (EVQQJ) ....................................... ES156
10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAD) .......... ES158
00 Oct. 2012
ES59

Type, Series
Appearance
Part
Numbers
Country
of origin
EVQP6
External
Dimensions
LWH (mm)
Operating
Force
EVQ6P6
EVQ7P6
EVQ9P6
Japan
Page
Push Plate:With, Without

Ground Terminal:With, Without
Positioning Boss:Without
1.6 N
2.4 N
4.14.10.43
1.0 N
1.6 N
2.4 N
Push Plate:Without
Ground Terminal:With
4.54.50.55
1.6 N
Reflow
2.4 N
Push Plate:Without
Ground Terminal:Without
ES70

ES73
Reflow
4.5 mm Square SMD
EVQPQ
4.9 mm Square SMD
EVQPL
EVQ3PL
EVQ5PL
EVQPT
Japan 4.94.90.8
Malaysia 4.94.91.5
1.0 N
1.6 N
Reflow
2.6 N
3.5 N
6 mm Square
Thin Type SMD
EVQP0
EVQQ2
6.56.02.0
Malaysia 6.56.02.5
6.56.03.1
0.5 N, 0.6 N
1.0 N, 1.3 N
Reflow
1.6 N, 2.6 N
3.5 N
3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD
EVPAW
Japan
China
Variety
4.14.10.35
4.14.10.58
Japan
Malaysia
4 mm Square SMD
Applicable
Soldering
SMD
3.02.00.6
Japan 3.02.60.65
Malaysia
China
3.02.60.7
1.6 N
2.4 N Reflow
3.3 N
1.3 N
1.6 N
Reflow
ES66
Push Plate:With
Ground Terminal:With, Without ES76
Push Plate:With
ES80
Push Plate:With
ES83
3.0 mm2.6 mm SMD
EVPAF
3.5 mm2.9 mm SMD
EVPAA
Japan
China
3.52.91.7
1.0 N, 1.6 N
2.4 N, 3.5 N Reflow
5.0 N
Push Plate:With
4.7 mm3.5 mm SMD
EVQP2
EVQP9
EVQ3P2
Japan
4.73.52.1
4.73.52.5
1.0 N, 1.6 N
2.4 N, 2.5 N Reflow
3.5 N, 5.0 N
Push Plate:With
Push Travel:Middele, Short
ES89
6.0 mm3.5 mm SMD
EVQPE1
EVQPN
EVQ5P
Japan
6.03.54.3
6.03.55.0
1.0 N
1.6 N Reflow
2.4 N
Push Platel:With
Embossed Taping
ES93
3.5 mm2.9 mm
EVQP7
EVQP3
EVQ9P7
Japan
China
3.52.91.35
Malaysia
1.6 N
Reflow
2.2 N
Terminal:Straight, J-bent,
L-shape
ES95
Positioning Boss:With, Without
3.5 mm2.9 mm
Side-operational
Half Dive / SMD
EVPAN
Japan
3.52.91.2
Malaysia
1.6 N
Reflow
2.2 N
Terminal:Straight
L-shape
Small-sized
EVQPU
Japan
China
4.73.51.65
1.6 N
Reflow
2.2 N
Terminal:Straight, J-bent
2.8 mm2.3 mm
Side-operational
Edge Mount
EVPAV
Japan
China
2.82.31.95
1.6 N Reflow
(Cover Plate)
ES106
4.5 mm2.2 mm
Side-operational
Edge Mount
EVPAE
Japan
4.52.252.9
1.6 N
Reflow
3.0 N
(Cover Plate)
ES108
EVQP4
Japan
6.22.553.5
1.0 N, 1.6 N Reflow

2.4 N, 2.5 N Mounted on pc
3.5 N, 5.0 N board edge
Push Plate:With
Push Travel:Middele, Short
(Cover Plate)
ES110
EVQPS
Japan
6.14.01.8
1.6 N
Reflow
2.2 N
6.2 mm2.5 mm
Side-operational
Edge Mount
6.1 mm4.0 mm
2.4 N
3.4 N
ES99
Terminal : Straight, J-bent


ES60
00 Oct. 2012
Type, Series
Appearance
Part
Numbers
EVQPA
5N Type
EVQPB
5N Type
Side-operational
EVQPF
5N Type 2R
EVQ2
Country
of origin
Japan
Malaysia
China
Japan
China
External
Dimensions
LWH (mm)
Operating
Force
Applicable
Soldering
SMD
Variety
Page
6.06.04.3
6.06.05.0
6.06.07.0
6.06.09.5
1.0 N
1.3 N Manual
1.6 N Wave Soldering
2.6 N
Push Pla te:With

ES117
7.57.17.15
7.57.17.85
7.57.19.85
7.57.112.35
1.0 N
1.3 N Manual
2.6 N
Push Plate:With
1.0 N
1.3 N
Wave Soldering
1.6 N
2.6 N
Push Plate:With
ES122
1.0 N
1.3 N
Wave Soldering
1.6 N
2.6 N
Push Plate:With
ES124
6.06.04.3
Japan
6.06.05.0
Malaysia
6.06.07.0
China
6.06.09.5
1.0 N
1.3 N
Wave Soldering
1.6 N
2.6 N
Push Plate:With
ES126
Japan
6.06.04.3
Japan 6.06.05.0
Malaysia 6.06.07.0
6.06.09.5
ES120
5N Type
Side-operational 4R
EVQPC
Round Type 2R
EVQ11
6.0 mm3.5 mm
EVQPE
Japan
6.03.54.3
6.03.55.0
1.0 N
2.4 N
Push Plate:With
Bulk
ES128
6.0 mm3.5 mm 2R
EVQPJ
Japan
6.03.54.3
6.03.55.0
1.0 N
2.4 N
Push Platel:With
Radial Taping
ES130
Over Travel
EVQP0
Japan
China
6.26.27.45
0.74 N
Wave Soldering
1.3 N
Push Plate:With
ES132
4 mm Square
Double-action SMD
EVPAH
Japan
4.04.10.59
1
0.8 N,0.9 N,1.0 N
Reflow
2
1.6 N,2.0 N,2.6 N
Push Plate:With
Terminal:J-bent
(Cover Plate)
ES134
EVQPR
EVQQ0
EVQ3PR
Japan
6.06.00.9
6.06.00.95
10.7 N,1.0 N
Reflow
22.6 N

EVPAJ
Japan
4.73.51.2
1 1.6 N
2 2.6 N
Reflow
EVQQ0
Japan
6.23.753.5
1 1.0 N
2 2.6 N
Reflow
Push Plate:With
Mounted on pc
board edge/Reflow (Cover Plate)
6 mm Square
Long Travel SMD
EVQP0
EVQP1
EVQ9P
Japan
6.06.15.0
1.6 N, 2.0 N
2.2 N, 2.5 N Reflow
3.0 N, 3.5 N
Push Plate:With
Push Travel:
1.0 mm, 1.3 mm
ES146
6 mm Square
Long Travel
2 terminals SMD
EVPAS
Japan
6.06.15.0
1.6 N, 2.0 N
2.2 N, 2.5 N Reflow
3.0 N, 3.5 N
Push Plate:With
Push Travel:
1.0 mm, 1.3 mm
ES149
Push Plate:With
Push Travel:
1.0 mm, 1.3 mm
ES152
6 mm Square Thin Type

Double-action SMD
4.7 mm3.5 mm
Double-action
6.2 mm3.7 mm
Double-action
Side-operational
Edge Mount / SMD
Japan
7.57.19.25
Straight
L-shape
ES140
ES143
6 mm Square
Long Travel 2R
EVQPV
Japan
6.06.15.0
1.6 N
2.0 N
2.5 N
3.5 N
8 mm Square
Long Travel SMD
EVQQ1
Japan
8.58.56.5
4.0 N
Reflow
5.0 N
Push Plate:With
ES154
8 mm Square
Long Travel 2R
EVQQJ
Japan
8.08.05.0
8.08.05.5
8.08.06.1
0.8 N
1.3 N
Wave Soldering
2.5 N
3.0 N
Push Plate:With
Push Travel:
1.0 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.75mm
ES156
10 mm Square Center
Space Long Travel SMD
EVPAD
Japan
9.89.84.7
4.0 N Reflow
Push Plate:With
Push Travel:1.0 mm
ES158

ES61
00 Oct. 2012

When specifying Light Touch Switches, please take advantage of our standard products for better
price and delivery. Please inquire about the following items before ordering.
Item
C-1
Inquiry purpose
Previous supplier
Modification
Common
C-2

Purpose
Equipment
C-3
Application
Indoor/Outdoor use, Stationary/Portable set, Car installation

High humidity, SO2, NaCl
Environment
Electrical
Specifications
Temperature
E-1
Ratings
Shapes/Dimensions
M-2
dc )
Operating force
N)
Travel
mm)
Anti-electrostatic
Shapes
Ground Terminal: With, Without

(
Terminal Type
(Reflow)
) mm (
) mm, hight(
) mm
Flat Terminal,J-bent Terminal

Positioning Boss: with, without
Soldering
Manual, Flow, Reflow
Soldering
Soldering Conditions
Others
Vertical (The push plate operation is perpendicular to the printed circuit board)
Horizontal (The push plate operation is parallel to the printed circuit board)
Positioning
L-1
mA), (
C)
Operation
Dimensions
M-3
C) to (
Operation type
M-1
L-2
Packing Unit
L-3
L-4
L-5
Temp.(
C ), Time (
s)
Polyethylene Bag (Bulk), Embossed Taping (Reel Pack), Raial Taping (Reel Pack), Stick
Notes:
1. When selecting Switches, please consider using our standard products for better prices and short delivery times.
2. Please inform the following items when ordering.
ES62
00 Oct. 2012
5. Prohibited items on fire and smoking
Application Notes
When using our Light Touch Switches, please observe

the following items (prohibited items) and be
cautious of the following in order to prevent dangerous
accidents and deterioration of performance.
1. Notes on soldering conditions

When performing solder dipping, check the soldering
conditions according to the Product Specifi cation
for Information, because the conditions vary with the
product. Do not wash the switch after solder dipping
because flux may enter the switch, resulting in contact
failure. Avoid use of jumper cables near the switches
because flux may attach to them.
1. Control the liquid level so that flux does not enter
the switch from the top.
2. When performing manual soldering, perform it at a
temperature of 350 C within 3 seconds.
3. Do not apply a load to the switch lever after soldering.
4. For reflow soldering
When performing refl ow soldering using a hot-air
oven or an infrared oven, observe the following
con di tions. Since the temperature applied to a
switch and its terminals varies with the type and
size of the PWB and the mounting density of the
parts, suf ficiently check the conditions in advance.
5. When a board with double-sided through holes is
used, do not make through holes immediately under
the switch case. Otherwise, the switch case may fuse.
2. Notes on design of a set

1. For switch mounting holes, refer to the Recommended
PWB piercing plan as described in Dimensions.
2. For shapes of operating parts in a set, refer to
rec om mend ed shapes described in Product
1. Absolutely avoid use of a switch beyond its rated

range because doing so may cause a fire.
If misuse or abnormal use may result in conditions
in which the switch is used out of its rated range,
take proper measures such as current interruption
using a protective circuit.
2. The grade of nonflammability for resin used in Light
Touch Switches is 94HB, which is based on UL94
Standards (fl ammability test for plastic materials).
Prohibit use in a location where a spreading fi re
may be generated or prepare against a spreading
fire.
6. For use in equipment for which safety requested

variation of contact resistance (increase), short
circuits, open circuits, and temperature rise are
some problems that might be generated.
on safety, review the affect of any single fault of
a switch in advance and perform virtually fail-safe
safety so that the single fault of a switch does

3. Other prohibited items and notes

1. Take care not to apply excessive load to a switch.
Doing so may cause terminal deformation, contact
failure, and/or malfunction.
2. Sufficiently check any generation of corrosive gas
from the components in a set under actual operating
conditions. Corrosive gas may cause contact failure
and corrosive stress cracking of metal.
3. To prevent contact failure due to foreign matter
(such as chips of a PWB and fl ux) entering a
switch, take care when handling a PWB after mounting.
Do not stack the PWBs.

Do not store the switches under high temperatures
and/or high humidity, or in a location where corrosive
gas may be generated. Store the switches at room
temperature and room humidity in a packed condition.
Use them within a maximum of 6 months after delivery.
Check the date of manufacture on the package box
and ap ply the fi rst-in -fi rst- out rule. If unpacked
switches must be stored as inventory, store them in a
polyethylene bag to keep out air.
ES63
00 Oct. 2012

Common Specifications
Packaging Methods for Radial Taping
Drawing-out of taped products
Pull-strength of taped products
Adhesive tape side
17 mm
Drawing-out can be done from top or bottom of an

inner carton.
Taped products shall not be fully drawn-out from the

tape when pulling in direction A at 5.0 N max.
Taped products shall not be drawn-out from the tape

when pulling in direction B at 1.0 N for 3 seconds.
ES64
00 Oct. 2012

Type, Series
Part No.
Packaging
Quantity/
Carton
Min. Q'ty
Packing Unit
Notes
EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6
50000 pcs.
10000 pcs.
EVQPQ
50000 pcs.
10000 pcs.
EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT
25000 pcs.
5000 pcs.
EVQP0
20000 pcs.
4000 pcs.
H=2.0 mm
EVQQ2
10000 pcs.
2000 pcs.
H=2.5 mm, 3.1 mm
EVPAW
50000 pcs.
10000 pcs.
EVPAF
40000 pcs.
8000 pcs.
EVPAA
25000 pcs.
5000 pcs.
EVQP2/P9/3P2
20000 pcs.
4000 pcs.
6.0 mm3.5 mm SMD

10000 pcs.
2000 pcs.
H=5.0 mm
EVQPE1/PN/5P
12500 pcs.
2500 pcs.
H=4.3 mm
EVQP7/P3/9P7
25000 pcs.
5000 pcs.
EVPAN
35000 pcs.
7000 pcs.
EVQPU
20000 pcs.
4000 pcs.
EVPAV
40000 pcs.
8000 pcs.
EVPAE
17500 pcs.
3500 pcs.
EVQP4
12500 pcs.
2500 pcs.
16000 pcs.
4000 pcs.
10000 pcs.
500 pcs.
10000 pcs.
500 pcs.
10000 pcs.
1000 pcs.
7000 pcs.
700 pcs.
25000 pcs.
2500 pcs.
10000 pcs.
1000 pcs.
20000 pcs.
2000 pcs.
10000 pcs.
500 pcs.
40000 pcs.
8000 pcs.
25000 pcs.
5000 pcs.
25000 pcs.
5000 pcs.
12500 pcs.
2500 pcs.
10000 pcs.
2000 pcs.
10000 pcs.
2000 pcs.
25000 pcs.
2500 pcs.
10000 pcs.
1000 pcs.
10000 pcs.
1000 pcs.
5000 pcs.
1000 pcs.

3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational SMD

3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational Half Dive /
Small-sized Side-operational SMD
2.8 mm2.3 mm Side-operational Edge Mount
EVQPS
EVQPA/PB
EVQPF
EVQ2
5N Type Side-operational 4R
EVQPC
EVQ11
EVQPE
EVQPJ
EVQP0
4 mm Square Double-action SMD

6 mm Square Thin Type Double-action SMD
4.7 mm3.5 mm Double-action Side-operational
Edge Mount / SMD Light Touch Switches
6 mm Square Long Travel SMD
6 mm Square Long Travel 2 terminals SMD
6 mm Square Long Travel 2R
8 mm Square Long Travel 2R
10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD
EVPAH
EVQPR/Q0/3PR
EVPAJ
EVQQ0
EVQP0/P1/9P
EVPAS
EVQPV
EVQQ1
EVQQJ
EVPAD
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
Radial Taping
(Reel Pack)
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
Radial Taping
(Reel Pack)
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
Radial Taping
(Reel Pack)
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
Radial Taping
(Reel Pack)
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
ES65
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6

Type:
EVQP6/EVQ6P6/EVQ7P6/EVQ9P6
Features
External dimensions : 4.1 mm4.1 mm
Operating switches for portable electronic equipment
Height :Without Push Plate 0.35 mm, With Push Plate 0.58 mm
:Without Push PlateWith Ground Terminal 0.43 mm
Long-life :1000000 cycles min.
(Operating Force 1.6 N Type)
Dust-proof structure
(Mobile phones, Camcorders, Portable audio players, etc.).

1
Product Code
Height
4th, 5th, 6th

P6
6P6
7P6
9P6
Type
With Push Plate, Without Push Plate
Without Grounf Terminal
Without Push Plate
With Grounf Terminal
Product Chart
Without Push Plate
H=0.35 mm
With Push Plate

H=0.58 mm
Without Push Plate

With Ground Terminal
H=0.43 mm
Embossed
Embossed
Embossed
1.0 N
EVQ7P6
1.6 N
EVQP6D
EVQP6L
EVQ6P6
2.4 N
EVQP6P
EVQP6Y
EVQ9P6
Height
Packaging
Operating Force
Specifications
Snap action / Push-on type SPST
Type
Without Push Plate
Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
With Push Plate
500 m max.
50 M min.
Bouncing
3 ms max. (ON)
10 ms max. (OFF)
Operating Force
1.0 N, 1.6 N, 2.4 N
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
0.2 mm (EVQ7P6 : 0.15 mm)

1.0 N, 1.6 N : 1000000 cycles min.
2.4 N : 500000 cycles min.
Operating Life
Operating Temperature
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
40 C to +85 C (Bulk)
20 C to +60 C (Taping)
Quantity/Carton
50000 pcs.
Note: Non washable

ES66
00 Oct. 2012

No. 1
EVQP6D
EVQP6P
(4.3)
4.10.2
0.35
A
Marking
A
A'
B'
(0.6)
(1.7)
Surface mount
Without push plate
0.6
2.9
4.10.2
A'
B'
Circuit diagram
0.25
(1.6)
4.7
3.7
(1.4)
(1.6)
A'
(5-0.4)
(1.4)
(2.4)
(3.7)
Operating Force
1.6 N
2.4 N
EVQP6L
EVQP6Y
Height
0.35 mm
0.35 mm
Operating Life
1000000 cycles
500000 cycles
0.58
(4.3)
4.10.2
0.43
8
1.
4.10.2
2.9
0.6
(Embossed Taping)
Surface mount
With push plate
B'
Part of A-A' terminal is exposed

at
area.
Any land pattern or vias shall not
be provided at
area.
Marking varies according to push force.
Part Numbers
EVQP6DB35
EVQP6PB35
No. 2
A'
(0.8)
(0.85)
(0.85)
B'
(1.4)
(1.9)
(1.5)
(1.5)
(1.4)
2.2
3.6
(3)
(1.3)
(Embossed Taping)
A' 2.6
B'
(0
.8)
B'
A'
0.25
Circuit diagram
B'
A'
2.2
3.6
B'
B
(2-1.6)

at
area.
be provided at
area.
(1.6)
Part Numbers
EVQP6LB55
EVQP6YB55
(1.5)
(2.6)
(2-0.8)
(1.4)
(1.9)
A'
(0.85)
(1.5)
(5-0.4)
(1.5)
(1.4)
4.7
3.7
(3.7)
(2.4)
(1.4)
Operating Force
1.6 N
2.4 N
Height
0.58 mm
0.58 mm
Operating Life
1000000 cycles
500000 cycles
ES67
00 Oct. 2012

No. 3
B'
B'
2.6
A'
A'
0.25
Circuit diagram
0.43
0.38 0.1
+0.15
4.7
3.7
0.7
(3.7)
(2.4)
(1.4)
(5-0.4)
(0.8)
B'
(1.4)
(1.9)
B'
A'
(1.6)

at
area.
be provided at
area.
(0.85)
(1.5)
(1.4)
(1.5)
B
B
A'
2.2
3.6
Operation point
2.35
2.05
GND
(0.75)
(1.3)
Surface mount
Without push plate
(2.2)
(Embossed Taping)
4.10.2
2.9
0.6
EVQ7P6
EVQ6P6
EVQ9P6
(4.3)
4.10.2
(0.5)
(1.6)
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Operating Life
EVQ7P6B40
1.0 N
0.43 mm
1000000 cycles
EVQ6P6B40
1.6 N
0.43 mm
1000000 cycles
EVQ9P6B40
2.4 N
0.43 mm
500000 cycles
ES68
00 Oct. 2012

Recommended Reflow Soldering Conditions
Fan or Normal Temp.
230
180
Tape width=12.0 mm
t1
150
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
E
D0
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
(Normal Temp.)
9030
4010
t2
P1
Chip component
Tape running direction
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVQP6
0.35/0.58
EVQ6P6
EVQ7P6
EVQ9P6
0.43
4.00.2
5.00.2
12.0 0.1
+0.3
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
5.50.1
1.750.10
8.00.1
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5 0
Item
t1
+0.1
t2
+0.2
0.300.05 0.5/0.7 0.1
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

C
Item
21.01.0
2.00.5
17.51.0
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
Rate (mm) 13.51.5
C
13.00.5
Recommended Shape of Test Pole

Without Push Plate
Recommended Operating Conditions

Without Push Plate
With Push Plate
With Push Plate
0.3 mm max.
0.8
1.3
1.5
Test pole
R0.10.05
Leaning angle range

90 4
(vertical direction)
Switch
R0.10.05
R0.10.05
Mounting surface
Slant 0.3 mm max.
ES69
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPQ

Type:
EVQPQ
Features
External dimensions: 4.5 mm4.5 mm, Height 0.55 mm

Lightweight: 20 mg (1/2 compared with coventional type)
Operation switches for portable electronic equipment

(Camcorders, Portable audio players, etc.)
Product Code
5
Height
Type
Specifications
Type
Snap action/Push-on type SPST

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
100 m max.
50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)

3 ms max. (ON)
10 ms max. (OFF)
Bouncing
1.6 N0.5 N
2.4 N0.6 N
Operating Force
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life
0.2 mm0.1 mm
200000 cycles min. (1.6 N), 50000 cycles min. (2.4 N)
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
50000 pcs.
Note: Non washable

ES70
00 Oct. 2012

EVQPQ
(Embossed Taping)
4.50+0.25
0.15
Film holder
4.3
0.55+0.15
0.10
0.6
0.45+0.15
0.10
0.35
Date code
A
Year
3.7
4.5
4.3
Month
Circuit diagram
Film holder
4.8
2.85
4.85
3.0
Part Numbers
EVQPQHB55
EVQPQMB55
Operating Force
1.6 N
2.4 N
Height
0.55 mm
0.55 mm
Operating Life
200000 cycles
50000 cycles
Before using this product
If the inclination of the actuator is widened by using soft materials, such as rubber, for the setting side of the operation
section (connecting area between button and acturator), it may cause functional problems.
Button
Actuator
ES71
00 Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
230
180
Tape width=12.0 mm
t1
Feeding hole
150
Chip pocket
P2 P0
E
D0
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
(Normal Temp.)
9030
t2
4010
P1
Chip component
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVQPQ
0.55
5.00.25
+0.30
+0.3
4.6 0
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
12.00.1
5.50.1
1.750.10
8.00.1
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5 0
Item
+0.1
t1
t2
0.300.05
0.65 0.1
+0.2
Rate (mm) 370.02.0 50.0 min. 13.00.5

C
Item
E
2.00.5
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
Rate (mm) 14.01.5
D
21.01.0
for Reflow
soldering
type
0.3 mm max.
0.8
Test pole
Leaning angle range

90 4
Switch
R0.1 mm0.05 mm
Mounting surface
ES72
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT

Type:
EVQPL/EVQ3PL
EVQ5PL/EVQPT
Features
External dimensions : 4.9 mm4.9 mm,
Height: 0.8 mm(Without push plate), 1.5 mm(With push plate)
(Notebook PC, Camcorders, Portable audio players, etc.)
Operation switches for car audio systems

1
Product Code
Type
Height
Product Chart
Height
H=0.8 mm
H=1.5 mm
(With Push Plate)
Embossed
Embossed
EVQPLB
EVQPLD, EVQPT5
Packaging
Operating Force
1.0 N
1.6 N
EVQPLF
EVQPLH, EVQPT9
2.6 N
EVQPLK
EVQPLM
3.5 N
EVQ5PL
EVQ3PL
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
50 m max.

3 ms max. (ON)
8 ms max. (OFF)
Bouncing
Operating Force
Mechanical
1.0 N0.5 N
1.6 N0.5 N
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life
2.6 N0.6 N
3.5 N1.0 N
0.25 mm
+0.10
0.20
mm
500000 cycles min.
200000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
25000 pcs.
Note: Non washable

ES73
00 Oct. 2012

0.45
0.05
0.3
2
3.
0.2
4.9
4.6
EVQPLB
EVQPLF
EVQPLK
EVQ5PL
Be careful not to
scratch the film
(Embossed Taping)
Surface mount
Without push plate
A'
B'
Operating part
1.2
3.7
4.6
4.9
2.5
5.00.5
No. 1
0.4
0.8
(5.5)
(4.6)
4.3
3.1
(1)
3.4
5.4
GND
A
Height
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
4
B 2.
Operating part
Operating Life
500000 cycles
500000 cycles
200000 cycles
200000 cycles
0.45
0.05
(Embossed Taping)
A
.4
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.5 + 0.2
0.1
(5.5)
(4.6)
4.3
3.1
(1)
GND
1.2
3.7
4.6
4.9
3.4
5.4
Surface mount
With push plate
2.5
50.5
0.2
(3.4)
(3.8)
0.3
2.2
EVQPLD/PT5
EVQPLH/PT9
EVQPLM
EVQ3PL
Operating Force
1.0 N
1.6 N
2.6 N
3.5 N
4.9
4.6
Part Numbers
EVQPLBA08
EVQPLFA08
EVQPLKA08
EVQ5PLA08
No. 2
B
Circuit diagram
A
Part Numbers
EVQPLDA15/PT5A15
EVQPLHA15/PT9A15
EVQPLMA15
EVQ3PLA15
Operating Force
1.0 N
1.6 N
2.6 N
3.5 N
B
Circuit diagram
Height
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
Operating Life
500000/2000000 cycles
500000/2000000 cycles
200000 cycles
200000 cycles
ES74
00 Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
230
180
Tape width=12.0 mm
t1
150
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
E
D0
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
(Normal Temp.)
9030
4010
t2
P1
Chip component
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
EVQPL
EVQ3PL
EVQ5PL
EVQPT
Height
0.8/1.5
5.00.2
5.00.2
12.00.3
P1
5.50.1 1.750.10 8.00.1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5 0
t1
+0.1
t2
0.350.05 1.0/1.70.2
T
Item
Rate (mm) 370.02.0 50.0 min. 13.00.5
E
C
Item
E
2.00.5
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
Rate (mm) 14.01.5
D
21.01.0
for Reflow
soldering
type
0.3 mm max.
Test pole
1.0
Leaning angle range

90 4
Switch
Mounting surface
R0.20.05
ES75
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0/Q2

Type:
EVQP0
EVQQ2
Features
Operating switches for other electronic equipment

Operation switches for PC mouse
Car audio systems
(Excluding the push plate)

With or without ground terminal, height, operating force
Overstroke travel

1
P
Q
Product Code
Height
Push Plate Color
Type
4th & 5th

P0
Overstroke travel
Q2
Short push travel
Specifications
Travel Type
Short Push Travel
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)

Bouncing
Operating Force
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
Overstroke Travel
Operating Life

10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
0.5 N, 1.0 N, 1.3 N,
0.6 N, 1.0 N
1.6 N, 2.6 N, 3.5 N
0.25 mm (0.2 mm : 0.5N, 1.0N)
0.3 mm
0.5 N : 2000000 cycles min.
1.0 N, 1.3 N, 1.6 N : 1000000 cycles min.
2.6 N : 200000 cycles min.
3.5 N : 100000 cycles min.
40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
0.6 N : 2000000 cycles min.

1.0 N : 1000000 cycles min.
H=2.0 mm
H=2.5 mm, 3.1 mm
H=2.0 mm
H=2.5 mm, 3.1 mm

20000 pcs.
10000 pcs.
Note: Non washable

ES76
00
Oct. 2012

No. 1
EVQP0
6.5
3
B'
A'
0.8
4.0
6.0
Overstroke travel : 0.35 mm

With J-bent terminals
B'
A'
Circuit Diagram
4.0
(0.8)
(6.6)
Part Numbers
1 min.
1.8
2.5
(3.2)
(3.2)
Operating Force
Height
0.6 N
2.5 mm
EVQP0P02B
0.6 N
2.5 mm
EVQP0Q02Q
1.0 N
2.5 mm
EVQP0S02Q
1.0 N
2.5 mm
Gray
EVQP0N02B
(3.6)
Push Plate Color Ground Terminal

Blue
Operating Life
Without
2000000 cycles
Blue
With
2000000 cycles
Gray
Without
1000000 cycles
With
1000000 cycles
ES77
00
Oct. 2012

No. 2
6.5
EVQQ2
3.8
B'
A'
Height
H
2.00.2
2.50.2
3.10.2
0.8
4.0
6.0
Short push travel : 0.25 mm

B'
A'
4.0
(6.6)
1 min.
(0.8)
1.8
(3.2)
Circuit Diagram
Part Numbers
EVQQ2B01W
EVQQ2B02W
EVQQ2B03W
EVQQ2D01W
EVQQ2D02W
EVQQ2D03W
EVQQ2F01W
EVQQ2F02W
EVQQ2F03W
EVQQ2H01W
EVQQ2H02W
EVQQ2H03W
EVQQ2K01W
EVQQ2K02W
EVQQ2K03W
EVQQ2M01W
EVQQ2M02W
EVQQ2M03W
EVQQ2P01W
EVQQ2P02W
EVQQ2P03W
EVQQ2S01W
EVQQ2S02W
EVQQ2S03W
EVQQ2U01W
EVQQ2U02W
EVQQ2U03W
EVQQ2W01W
EVQQ2W02W
EVQQ2W03W
EVQQ2Y01W
EVQQ2Y02W
EVQQ2Y03W
EVQQ2201W
EVQQ2202W
EVQQ2203W
Operating Force
0.5 N
0.5 N
0.5 N
0.5 N
0.5 N
0.5 N
1.0 N
1.0 N
1.0 N
1.0 N
1.0 N
1.0 N
1.3 N
1.3 N
1.3 N
1.3 N
1.3 N
1.3 N
1.6 N
1.6 N
1.6 N
1.6 N
1.6 N
1.6 N
2.6 N
2.6 N
2.6 N
2.6 N
2.6 N
2.6 N
3.5 N
3.5 N
3.5 N
3.5 N
3.5 N
3.5 N
H=Height
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
2.0 mm
2.5 mm
3.1 mm
(3.6)
(3.2)
Push Plate Color Ground Terminal

White
Without
White
Without
White
Without
White
With
White
With
White
With
White
Without
White
Without
White
Without
White
With
White
With
White
With
White
Without
White
Without
White
Without
White
With
White
With
White
With
White
Without
White
Without
White
Without
White
With
White
With
White
With
White
Without
White
Without
White
Without
White
With
White
With
White
With
White
Without
White
Without
White
Without
White
With
White
With
White
With
Operating Life
2000000 cycles
2000000 cycles
2000000 cycles
2000000 cycles
2000000 cycles
2000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
200000 cycles
200000 cycles
200000 cycles
200000 cycles
200000 cycles
200000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
ES78
00
Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
Feeding hole
t1
Chip pocket
D0
P2 P0
E
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
t2
(Normal Temp.)
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia
t1
t2
2.0
EVQQ2
2.20.2
6.70.2
2.5/3.1
EVQP0
7.40.2
12.00.3
5.50.1 1.750.10 8.00.1
2.00.1
_0
1.5+0.1
4.00.1
0.300.05 3.20.2
2.5
2.80.2
Item
C
B
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
Item
Rate (mm)
13.51.0
17.51.0

2 mm Type
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0
2.5 mm, 3.1 mm Type

0.3 mm max.
3 +0
0.5
4 +0.5
0
Test pole
Leaning angle range

90 4
Switch
R0.1 mm0.05 mm
R0.1 mm0.05 mm
Mounting surface
ES79
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAW

Type:
EVPAW
Features

High operability
Equipped with an actuator (push plate)

(Mobile phone, Portable audio)
Product Code
Type
Height
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
500 m max.
Bouncing
Operating Force
1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.3 N
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
1.6 N, 2.4 N : 0.13 mm 3.3 N : 0.15 mm
Operating Life
300000 cycles min.
40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
50000 pcs.
Note: Non washable

ES80
00
Oct. 2012

EVPAW
(Embossed Taping)
General dimension tolerance : 0.05

( )dimensions are reference dimensions.
This reference specifications are subject to change.
0.60.1
without the film
and remainder
of the gate
A'
2-1.3
(0.385)
(0.85)
A'
2-3.69
(0.04)
3
Without film
2-2.85
2-1.45
3.5
2-0.25
Circuit diagram
0.1 max.
Stencil mask plan
A'
2-1.5
0.1 max.
3.8
2.7

Soldering thickness t=0.080.01
If you design different stencil mask and land pattern,
or apply different soldering thickness compared with
our recommended pattern as described above,
please ask us in advance.
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Operating Life
EVPAWBA2A
1.6 N
0.6 mm
300000 cycles
EVPAWCA2A
2.4 N
0.6 mm
300000 cycles
EVPAWEA2A
3.3 N
0.6 mm
300000 cycles
ES81
00
Oct. 2012

MAX.
240
Fan or Normal Temp.
230
180
Operation Top (C)
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
150
Fan or Normal Temp.
217
200
130
(Normal Temp.)
(Normal Temp.)
9030
90 to 110
4010
55 to 65
30 to 40
300
Soldering Time (s)
Soldering Time (s)
Reflow temperature may vary by location even in the same reflow condition.
Please check the reflow temperature at terminals and at the top of a switch
to make sure the both temperatures are withiin the specification.
If even one of them is out of the specifications, please adjust.

Tape width=12.0 mm
Chip pocket
A
K
Feeding hole
Taping condition : Lack of products in the middle of taping should be

one MAX, but total quantity specified in the
specifications should be secured.
Peeling off strength of top tape : It should be within 0.2N to 1. ON at
165 degree in peeling off angle.
Joint of carrier tape : One joint per one reel may exist.
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVPAW
0.6
12.00.3 1.750.10 5.50.1
8.00.1
4.00.1
2.00.1
1.50.3
3.80.2
Item
2.30.2 0.750.20 (10.25)
0.3+0.15
0.10

G
E
C
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0
Item
Rate (mm)
13.51.0
17.51.0
ES82
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAF

Type:
EVPAF
Features

High operability
Equipped with an actuator (push plate)
Low temperature use

(Mobile phone, Portable audio)
Product Code
Type
Height
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
500 m max.
Bouncing
Operating Force
1.3 N, 1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.4 N
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life
0.15 mm
1.3 N, 1.6 N, 3.4 N : 100000 cycles min., 2.4 N : 500000 cycles min.
40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
40000 pcs.
Note: Non washable

ES83
00
Oct. 2012
A'
4-0.5
2-1.8
2.6
(Embossed Taping)
B'
0.65
( 0.75)
(Adhesive)
0.44
A'
B'
Circuit diagram
4-0.35
2-3.4
EVPAFKB65
4-0.35 +0.1
0.15
(Push plate)
0.65
2-1.20.05
EVPAF
(0.65)
2-3.50.05
2-2.40.05
1.6
(0.4)
A'
2.6
(1.15)
(0.8)
2-2.40.05
No. 1
(Without the remainder of the gate)
(1.5)
(2-2.5)
B'

Part of A-A' terminal is exposed at
area.
Any land pattern or vias shall not be provided at
area.
Operating Force
Height
Operating Life
EVPAFKB65
1.3 N
0.65 mm
100000 cycles
EVPAFFB65
No. 2
1.6 N
0.65 mm
100000 cycles
3
A'
4-0.5
2-1.8
2.6

B
B'
0.65
( 0.75)
(Adhesive)
(Push plate)
2-3.4
A'
B'
Circuit diagram
2-1.20.05
0.48
4-0.35
(Embossed Taping)
0.70
(0.65)
2-3.50.05
2-2.40.05
1.6
(0.4)
A'
2.6
(1.15)
(0.8)
(1.5)
(2-2.5)
B'
2-2.40.05
EVPAF
Part Numbers

area.
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
area.
Operating Life
EVPAF5B70
3.4 N
0.7 mm
100000 cycles
EVPAF7B70
2.4 N
0.7 mm
500000 cycles
ES84
00
Oct. 2012
A'
4-0.5
2-1.8
2.6
Low profile
(Embossed Taping)
B
B'
0.65
(Push plate)
2-3.4
2-3.50.05
2-2.40.05
1.6
A
A'
(1.15)
(0.8)
(0.65)
(0.4)
2.6
( 0.75)
(Adhesive)
A'
B'
B'
(1.5)
(2-2.5)
Part Numbers
Circuit diagram
4-0.3 +0.15
0.1
0.39
2-1.20.05
EVPAF
0.65
2-2.40.05
No. 3

area.
area.
Operating Force
Height
Operating Life
EVP0AFB65
1.6 N
0.65 mm
500000 cycles
EVPAF7B65
2.4 N
0.65 mm
500000 cycles
EVPAF5B65
3.4 N
0.65 mm
100000 cycles
MAX.
260
230
180
Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
fD0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
(Normal Temp.)
9030
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Part No.
EVPAF
EVP0AF
Height
0.65/0.70
t2
W
3.750.2 2.950.2 12.00.3
P1
Chip component

Unit: mm
t2
P1
P2
P0
D 0 Dia
t1
5.50.1
1.750.1
8.00.1
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.50.3
0.30.1
0.80.2

T
E
f1.5 to f2.0
A
Item
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

Item
Rate (mm)
W
13.51.0
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
17.51.0
R0.3 mm0.05 mm
ES85
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAA

Type:
EVPAA
Features

High operating force available
(Operating force : 5.0 N max.)
Optional ground terminal

(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, etc.)
Operating switches for keyless entry systems
Product Code
Type
Height
Push Plate Color
K
Black
W
white
Q
gray
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
Operating Force
1.0 N, 1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.5 N, 5.0 N
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
0.15 mm0.1 mm
1000000 cycles min. (1.0 N)
200000 cycles min. (1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.5 N)
100000 cycles min. (5.0 N)
Operating Life
40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
25000 pcs.
Note: Non washable

ES86
00
Oct. 2012

EVPAA
(Embossed Taping)
Thickness : 1.7 mm
1.
8
(Tolerance 0.2)
1.5
2.9
Operating part
3.5
1
0.6
1.40.1
1.7 +0.2
0.1
2.2
2
Circuit diagram
+0
0.40.1
4.50.1
2.20.1
2.50.1
0.620.1
2.10.1
0.50.1
4.3 0.5
(2.8)
Part Numbers
Ground Terminal
Operating Force
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVPAA002K
Without
1.0 N
Black
1000000 cycles
EVPAA102K
With
1.0 N
Black
1000000 cycles
EVPAA202K
Without
1.6 N
Black
200000 cycles
EVPAA302K
With
1.6 N
Black
200000 cycles
EVPAA402W
Without
2.4 N
White
200000 cycles
EVPAA502W
With
2.4 N
White
200000 cycles
EVPAA602W
Without
3.5 N
White
200000 cycles
EVPAA702W
With
3.5 N
White
200000 cycles
EVPAA802Q
Without
5.0 N
Grey
100000 cycles
EVPAA902Q
With
5.0 N
Grey
100000 cycles
ES87
00
Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
t2
(Normal Temp.)
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVPAA
1.7
4.50.2
3.80.2
12.00.3
P1
5.50.1 1.750.10 8.00.1
P2
P0
D 0 Dia
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5+0.1
0
t1
t2
0.30.1 1.850.20

T
E
Item
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0
Item
Rate (mm)
13.51.0
17.51.0
0.3 mm max.
Test pole
3.3 to 3.7
Leaning angle range

90 4
Switch
Mounting surface
R0.1 mm0.05 mm
ES88
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQP2/P9/3P2

Type:
EVQP2/EVQP9/EVQ3P2
Features

Height : Middle Push Travel 2.5 mm
Short Push Travel 2.1 mm, 2.5 mm
High operating force and long operational life
High mountability with J-bent (4 terminals)

(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, Camcorders,
Portable audio players, etc.)
Keyless entry systems (automotive)
Car audio equipment

1
2/9
Product Code
Type
Height
Push Plate Color
Specifications
Travel Type
Middle Push Travel
Type

Rating
Electrical
Short Push Travel
Contact Resistance
100 m max.
100 M min.
250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing
Operating Force
2.5 N, 3.5 N, 5.0 N
1.0 N, 1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.5 N, 5.0 N
Travel
0.70 mm0.20 mm
0.25 mm 0.15 mm
Mechanical
Endurance
Operating Life
2.5 N:1000000 cycles min.

3.5 N: 500000 cycles min.
1.0 N, 1.6
2.4
3.5
5.0
N: 1000000
N: 500000
N: 200000
N: 200000
cycles
cycles
cycles
cycles
min.
min.
min.
min.
40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
+0.05
4000 pcs.
Quantity/Carton

20000 pcs.
ES89
00 Oct. 2012

No. 1
EVQP2
EVQ3P2
Middle push travel
(With Ground terminal)
2.5
+0.2
0.1
0.6
1
1.
+0
4.70.1
5.5 0.3
Circuit diagram
4
3
3.50.1
1.650.1
1.70.1
6.60.1
3.70.1
2.70.1
0.70.1
0.60.1
Part Numbers
Ground Terminal Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP2B02B
With
2.5 N
2.5 mm
Blue
1000000 cycles
EVQP2D02Q
With
3.5 N
2.5 mm
Grey
500000 cycles
EVQP2F02K
With
5.0 N
2.5 mm
Black
200000 cycles
EVQP2H02B
Without
2.5 N
2.5 mm
Blue
1000000 cycles
EVQP2K02Q
Without
3.5 N
2.5 mm
Grey
500000 cycles
EVQ3P202K
Without
5.0 N
2.5 mm
Black
200000 cycles
ES90
00 Oct. 2012

No. 2
1.6
EVQP2
H
2.1 +0.2
0.1
Short push travel

(With Ground terminal)
2.5 +0.2
0.1
H
0.6
+0
5.5 0.3
2.6
4.70.1
Circuit diagram
3
1.650.1
3.50.1
1.70.1
0.60.1
2.70.1
0.70.1
6.60.1
3.70.1
Part Numbers
Ground Terminal Operating Force
H=Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP2P02M
With
1.0 N
2.1 mm
Natural
1000000 cycles
EVQP2P02W
With
1.0 N
2.5 mm
Natural
1000000 cycles
EVQP2R02M
With
1.6 N
2.1 mm
Natural
1000000 cycles
EVQP2R02W
With
1.6 N
2.5 mm
Natural
1000000 cycles
EVQP2T02M
With
2.4 N
2.1 mm
Natural
500000 cycles
EVQP2T02W
With
2.4 N
2.5 mm
Natural
500000 cycles
EVQP2V02M
With
3.5 N
2.1 mm
Natural
200000 cycles
EVQP2V02W
With
3.5 N
2.5 mm
Natural
200000 cycles
EVQP2002M
Without
1.0 N
2.1 mm
Natural
1000000 cycles
EVQP2002W
Without
1.0 N
2.5 mm
Natural
1000000 cycles
EVQP2202M
Without
1.6 N
2.1 mm
Natural
1000000 cycles
EVQP2202W
Without
1.6 N
2.5 mm
Natural
1000000 cycles
EVQP2402M
Without
2.4 N
2.1 mm
Natural
500000 cycles
EVQP2402W
Without
2.4 N
2.5 mm
Natural
500000 cycles
EVQP2602M
Without
3.5 N
2.1 mm
Natural
200000 cycles
EVQP2602W
Without
3.5 N
2.5 mm
Natural
200000 cycles
EVQP9H02M
With
5.0 N
2.1 mm
Natural
200000 cycles
EVQP9H02W
With
5.0 N
2.5 mm
Natural
200000 cycles
EVQP9P02M
EVQP9P02W
Without
Without
5.0 N
5.0 N
2.1 mm
2.5 mm
Natural
Natural
200000 cycles
200000 cycles
ES91
00 Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.

Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
(Normal Temp.)
t2
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
EVQP2
EVQP9
EVQ3P2
Height
2.1
2.5
6.00.2
4.70.2
12.00.3
2.00.1
4.00.1
5.50.1 1.750.10 8.00.1
D Dia.
t2
0.30.1
2.70.2
+0.1
1.5 0

T
Item
E
Rate (mm) 370.02.0 50.0 min. 13.00.5

C
Item
E
2.00.5
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
Rate (mm) 14.01.5
D
21.01.0
Short Push
Travel Type
Middle Push
Travel Type
0.3 mm max.
Test pole
3
3.3 to 3.7
Leaning angle range

90 4
Switch
Mounting surface
R0.1 mm0.05 mm
R0.1 mm0.05 mm
ES92
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPE1/PN/5P

Type:
EVQPE1/EVQPN/EVQ5P
Features
External dimensions : 6.0 mm3.5 mm, Height 4.3 mm, 5.0 mm

1
Product Code
5
Type
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Product Chart
Type
SMD
Operating Force
1.0 N0.5 N
EVQPE1
1.6 N0.5 N
EVQPNF
2.4 N0.6 N
EVQ5PN
Height
H=4.3 mm
H=5.0 mm
Specifications
Type
Circuit Diagram
Electrical
Rating
Contact Resistance
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
Mechanical

1.0 N0.5N
(Low force type)
1.6 N0.5 N
(Standard)
Operating Force
Travel
Endurance
0.25 mm
Operating Life
+0.20
0.10
mm
30000 cycles min.
30 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
2.4 N0.6 N
50000 cycles min.
2000 pcs.
Embossed Taping(Reel Pack)
(H = 5.0 mm)
10000 pcs.
(H = 5.0 mm)
2500 pcs.
Embossed Taping(Reel Pack)
(H = 4.3 mm)
12500 pcs.
(H = 4.3 mm)
ES93
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPE1/PN/5P

EVQPE1
EVQPNF
EVQ5PN
H
3.5
0.5 max.
3.50.5
1.4
1.00.2
(2.6)
3.0
6.0
7.2 max.
(Embossed Taping)
B
A
1.3
7.4
1.6
3.4
B
Circuit diagram
Part Numbers
Operating Force
H=Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPE104K
1.0 N
4.3 mm
Black
50000 cycles
EVQPE105K
1.0 N
5.0 mm
Black
50000 cycles
EVQPNF04M
1.6 N
4.3 mm
Natural
50000 cycles
EVQPNF05M
1.6 N
5.0 mm
Natural
50000 cycles
EVQ5PN04K
2.4 N
4.3 mm
Black
30000 cycles
EVQ5PN05K
2.4 N
5.0 mm
Black
30000 cycles
Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
t1
230
180
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
E
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
t2
(Normal Temp.)
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)

Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
EVQPE1
EVQPN
EVQ5P
4.3/5.0
5.80.2
7.90.2
12.00.3
5.50.1
1.750.10
8.00.1
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5 0
Item
t1
+0.1
t2
0.40.05 4.5/5.20.2

T
E
C
Rate (mm) 370.02.0 50.0 min. 13.00.5

D
Item
Rate (mm) 14.01.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
ES94
00
Oct. 2012

Type:
EVQP7/EVQP3/EVQ9P7
Features

A wide range of terminal type : L-shape, J-bent, Straight
High mount ability
Push plate strength enhanced type


1
4th, 5th, 6th

P7
P3
9P7
Type
7th & 8th Mounting Height

01
1.35 mm
Terminal Type
With Ground Terminal, Without Ground Terminal
With Boss, Without Boss
Operating Force
9th
K
Push Plate Color

Black
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
500 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing
Operating Force
Mechanical
Endurance
1.6 N, 2.2 N
Push Travel
0.2 mm
Push Strength
30 N (1 minute)
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
25000 pcs.
ES95
00 Oct. 2012

No. 1
4.7
3.5
EVQP7A
EVQP7J
3.55
2.9
(Embossed Taping)
1.20.1
1
,
1
1.35
1.7
0.50.1
0.620.1
1.480.1
With straight terminals

Without boss
Circuit diagram
2.50.1
5.00.1
2.20.1
0.40.1
(2.8)
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP7A01K
2.2 N
1.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQP7J01K
1.6 N
1.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
No. 2
4.7
3.5
EVQP7C
EVQP7L

With boss
1.20.1
0.50.1
0.620.1
1.480.1
(Embossed Taping)
3.55
2.9
Circuit diagram
0.2
0.5
1.35
1.7
5.00.1
2.20.1
1.80.05
0.40.1
2
0.
2.50.1
1.80.1
0.65 +0
-0.1
(2.8)
.2
+0
0
0
2-
.7 -
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP7C01K
2.2 N
1.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQP7L01K
1.6 N
1.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
ES96
00 Oct. 2012

No. 3
3.5
EVQP7B
EVQP7K
0.50.1
0.620.1
1.480.1

Without boss
3.55
2.9
(Embossed Taping)
1.7
1.20.1
,
1.35
0.6
4.3 0.2
Circuit diagram
0.40.1
2.50.1
5.00.1
2.20.1
(2.8)
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP7B01K
2.2 N
1.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQP7K01K
1.6 N
1.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
No. 4
3.5
EVQP7D
EVQP7M
3.55
2.9
(Embossed Taping)
1.20.1
1
,
1
1.35
0.5 0.6
1.7
0.50.1
0.620.1
1.480.1

With boss
0.2
4.3 +0
-0.2
Circuit diagram
5.00.1
2.20.1
0.65 +0
2.50.1
0.40.1
1.80.1
2
0.
1.80.05
0.1
(2.8)
0
2-
.2
+00
.7
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP7D01K
2.2 N
1.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQP7M01K
1.6 N
1.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
ES97
00 Oct. 2012
4.7
3.5
1
(Embossed Taping)
With L-shape terminals

Without boss
0.6
1.20.1
1.7
1.35
2
Circuit diagram
3.9
through hall
5.50.1
4.050.1
2.20.1
0.80.1
2.50.1
0.40.1
0
0 .1
3.55
2.9
0.1 max.
0.
6+
EVQP3
EVQ9P
0.50.1
0.620.1
No. 5
0.50.1
0.620.1
1.480.1
(2.8)
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP3401K
2.2 N
1.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
1.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQ9P701K
1.6 N

Tape width=12.0 mm
Fan or Normal Temp.
t1
230
180
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
(Normal Temp.)
t2
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Straight terminals, L-shape terminals type

Part No.
EVQP7, EVQP3
EVQ9P7
Height
Unit: mm
B
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
1.35
5.20.2
4.50.2
12.00.3
5.50.1
1.750.10
8.00.1
2.00.1
4.00.1
Height
P1
P2
P0
+0.1
0
1.5
t1
t2
0.30.1
1.50.2
J-bent type
Unit: mm
Part No.
EVQP7, EVQP3
1.35
4.50.2
4.50.2
12.00.3
5.50.1
1.750.10
8.00.1
Item
2.00.1
D0 Dia.
+0.1
0
4.00.1
1.5
t1
t2
0.30.1
1.50.2

T
Item
Rate (mm) 13.51.0
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
17.51.0
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
ES98
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAN

3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational Half Dive
/SMD Light Touch Switches
Type:
EVPAN
Features

Printed circuit board on height : 0.7 mm
High mount ability


1
Product Code
Characteristic
7 th
A
E
Height
Terminal Type
Straight
L shape
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
500 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing
Operating Force
Mechanical
Endurance
1.6 N, 2.2 N
Push Travel
0.2 mm
Push Strength
70 N (1 minute)
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
35000 pcs.
ES99
00 Oct. 2012

5.2
3.5
0.85
Straight terminals
3.5
2.9
(Embossed Taping)
1.20.2
0.700.15
0.5
EVPANA
EVPAND
1.4
0.95
,
0.90.1
0.7750.05
5.50.1
3.550.10
3.0 +0.1
0
2.100.05
Circuit diagram
0.8
3.1 +0.1
0
2.9
1.20.1
0.30.1
1.55
2.125
R0.5 max
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVPANAA1A
1.6 N
0.7 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVPANDA1A
2.2 N
0.7 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVPANBA1A
1.6 N
0.7 mm
Black
500000 cycles
(Embossed Taping)
3.5
2.9
0.85
Straight terminals
1.20.2
0.700.15
0.5
5.2
3.5
0.60.1
EVPAND
EVPANB
0.95
0.4
1.4
0.850.1
5.70.1
3.550.10
+0.1
0
2.250.05
2.100.05
0.7750.05
Circuit diagram
4.6
0.8
3.0
.7
3.1 +0.1
0
4.70.1
2.9
1.20.1
+0
0 .1
1.55
2.125
R0.5 max
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVPANDE1A
2.2 N
0.7 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVPANBE1A
1.6 N
0.7 mm
Black
500000 cycles
ES100
00 Oct. 2012

Recommended Solder Mask
0.7750.05
0.850.05
1.20.05
0.7750.05
0.850.05
1.20.05
2.10.05
5.70.05
3.550.05
2.10.05
5.70.05
3.550.05
Recommended Solder Mask A
4.70.05
0.20.05
Recommended Solder Mask B

Solder Mask B

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
(Normal Temp.)
9030
t2
4010
P1
Chip component
Soldering Time (s)
Straight terminals
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVPAN
1.2
5.60.2
4.50.2
12.00.3
P1
5.50.1 1.750.10 8.00.1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5 _0
t1
+0.1
t2
0.30.1 1.350.20

T
Item
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
17.51.0
1.0 ~ 3.0
1.00.5
C
B
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

D
Item
Rate (mm) 13.51.0

A
ES101
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPU

Small-sized Side-operational SMD
Type:
EVQPU
Features

A wide range of terminal type : J-bent, Straight


1
Type
6th
Without Boss With Boss
A
C
B
D
J
L
K
M
Terminal Operating
Type
Force
Straight
J-bent
Straight
J-bent
7th & 8th

02
Mounting Height
1.65 mm
9th Push Plate Color

Black
K
2.2 N
1.6 N
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
500 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
Operating Force
Mechanical
Endurance

+0.7
+0.8
1.6 N 0.4 N
2.2 N 0.7 N
+0.1
0.2
Travel
0.3 mm
Push Strength
30 N (1 minute)
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
mm
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
20000 pcs.
ES102
00 Oct. 2012

No. 1
6.4 +0
0.3
4.70.1
EVQPUJ
EVQPUA
3
3.5
4.5
(Embossed Taping)

Without boss
2.6
1.65 +0.30
0.10
1.40.1
3
2
Circuit diagram
6.80.1
0.70.1
2.70.1
1.70.1
0.60.1
3.70.1
3.7
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPUJ02K
1.6 N
1.65 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPUA02K
2.2 N
1.65 mm
Black
100000 cycles
No. 2
6.4 +0
0.3
4.70.1
EVQPUL
EVQPUC
2.6
1.40.1
1.65 +0.3
0.1
4
0.50.1
0.20.1
6.80.1
3.70.1
+0
5 0.2
0.6
2.750.05
0.70.1
1.70.1
2.750.10
0.60.1
0.20.1
2
Circuit diagram
0.
75
+
0 0.1
2.70.1

With boss
3
3.5
4.5
(Embossed Taping)
3.7
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPUL02K
1.6 N
1.65 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPUC02K
2.2 N
1.65 mm
Black
100000 cycles
ES103
00 Oct. 2012

No. 3
5.5 +0
0.3
4.70.1
EVQPUK
EVQPUB
4.5

Without boss
3.5
(Embossed Taping)
1.40.1
2.6
1.65 +0.3
0.1
1
2
4
Circuit diagram
0.60.1
6.60.1
3.7
2.70.1
0.70.1
1.70.1
3.70.1
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPUK02K
1.6 N
1.65 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPUB02K
2.2 N
1.65 mm
Black
100000 cycles
No. 4
5.5 +0
0.3
4.70.1
EVQPUM
EVQPUD

With boss
3.5
4.5
(Embossed Taping)
2.6
1.65 +0.3
0.1
1.40.1
3
0.50.1
0.20.1
0.20.1
Circuit diagram
6.60.1
.1
2.70.1
2.750.05
+0
+0 2
5 0.
0
75
0.
0.6
3.7
0.70.1
1.70.1
2.750.10
0.60.1
3.70.1
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPUM02K
1.6 N
1.65 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPUD02K
2.2 N
1.65 mm
Black
100000 cycles
ES104
00 Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
t2
(Normal Temp.)
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVQPU
1.65
7.0 0.2 5.750.20 12.00.3 5.780.20 1.750.10
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
8.00.1
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5 0
+0.1
t1
t2
0.350.05
2.40.2

T
E
Item
C
B
Item
Rate (mm) 14.01.5
Rate (mm) 370.02.0 50.0 min. 13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
ES105
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAV

Type:
EVPAV
Features
External dimensions : 2.8 mm2.3 mm (Excluding the

push plate), Height 1.95 mm (Printed circuit board
being as low as 0.975 mm)
Improved soldering strength in the operating direction

(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, Camcorders

1
Product Code
Type
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
500 m max.
250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing
Operating Force
1.6 N
Mechanical
Push Travel
Push Strength
50 N (15 seconds)
Endurance
Operating Life
300000 cycles min.
0.13 mm
40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
40000 pcs.
ES106
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAV

General dimension tolerance : 0.1
( )dimensions are reference dimensions.
This reference specifications are subject to change.
(1.63)
EVPAV
This product is designed to be smaller

than the conventional type, which lowered
the film peel off strength. Therefore please
avoid to apply force to a push plate from
side, or/and avoid set-knob to touch push
plate during insertion to a set-case.
0.9750.200
2.30.2
1 These dimensions are

from the outer shape
to the center of push plate.
2 These dimensions are
from the center of datum A.
0.6
Push plate
2.000.15
0.650.15
3.200.05
0.65
1)1.40.2
0.920.05
1.500.05
(1.88)
(2.8)
0.650.05
0.400.05
0.65
(0.98)
1.930.15
0.3
Push plate side
0.450.05
1.420.05
(0.75)
Adhesive
2) 1.000.08
1.95
2.8
0.9
2) 1.000.08
1) 0.9750.200
Circuit Diagram
Soldering thickness t=0.10.02
Height from surface of PCB : 0.975 mm
150
Chip
pocket
F
I
230
180
A
L
C
Operation Top (C)
Feeding hole
Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=8.0 mm
MAX.
260

Taping condition : Lack of products in the middle of taping should be
one MAX, but total quantity specified in the
specifications should be secured.
Peeling off strength of top tape : It should be within 0.2N to 1. ON at
165 degree in peeling off angle.
Joint of carrier tape : One joint per one reel may exist.
(Normal Temp.)
9030
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVPAV
1.95
8.00.3 1.750.10 3.50.1
4.00.1
4.00.1
2.00.1
G
1.5
+0.1
0
H
3.10.2
2.80.2 1.350.20 2.70.2
(6.25)
0.30.1

G
Item
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

Item
Rate (mm)
9.41.0
13.41.0
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
ES107
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAE

Type:
EVPAE
Features
External dimensions : 4.5 mm2.25 mm (Excluding

the push plate), Height 2.9 mm (Printed circuit board
being as low as 0.95 mm)
Long operational life
Measure against electro static discharge(ESD)


1
Product Code
Type
Height
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
1000 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing
Operating Force
1.6 N, 3.0 N
Mechanical
Push Travel
Push Strength
50 N (1 minute)
Endurance
Operating Life
200000 cycles min.
0.15 mm
40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
17500 pcs.
ES108
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAE

1
1 2 1'
+00.5
0.10
Circuit Diagram
+00.8
0.05
0.95
+0.08
+0.2
1.7 0.1
Dimensions for reference
1.50.1
0.80.1
R0.3 max.
2
1'
2.2
+0.2
+0.2
4.8 0
3.10.1
R0.3 to R0.5
2-0.25 max. (0.2tpy)
10.1
0.30.1
2-0.60.1
0.60.1
0.08 +00.7
0
0.4 max.
(0.3tpy)
1.650.1
0.4 max. (0.3tpy)
3.3
3.6 0.1
2.6 0.1
1'
0.55
2.9
1.5
4.5
2.2
1.350.1
EVPAE
2-0.25 max.
3.8 +0.1
0
5.60.1
Note : Please put your consideration

not to let any burrs of printed
wiring board stick out from
the mounting surface of our switches.
Push plate side
(2.3)

Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
EVPAEBB2A
1.6 N
0.95 mm
Black
200000 cycles
EVPAEDB2A
3.0 N
0.95 mm
Black
200000 cycles
Fan or Normal Temp.
230
180
Tape width=12.0 mm
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
Operating Life
(Normal Temp.)
t2
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVPAE
2.9
5.50.2
2.90.2
12.00.3
P1
5.50.1 1.750.10 8.00.1
P2
P0
D0 Dia
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5
+0.1
0
t1
t2
0.30.1
3.30.20

T
Item
C
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
17.51.0
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

Item
Rate (mm) 13.51.0
ES109
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQP4

Type:
EVQP4
Features
External dimensions : 6.2 mm2.55 mm (Excluding

the push plate), Height 3.5 mm (EVQP4 Type : Printed
circuit board being as low as 1.35 mm)
Side-operational middle stroke type ( 0.7 mm )
with a high operating force (5.0 N)
when mounted on PC board edge

Keyless entry (car electronics)
Car audio equipment

1
Product Code
Type
Height
Push Plate Color
Specifications
Travel Type
Middle Push Travel
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing
Operating Force
Mechanical
Travel

2.5 N, 3.5 N, 5.0 N
Operating Life
1.0 N, 1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.5 N
0.70 mm0.2 mm
Push Strength
Endurance
Short Push Travel
0.25 mm
+0.05
0.15
mm
50 N (1 minute)
2.5 N:1000000 cycles min.
1.0 N, 1.6 N: 1000000 cycles min.

40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
12500 pcs.
ES110
00 Oct. 2012

No. 1
2.70.1
2
1
2.55
EVQP4
Middle push travel
1
.8
Circuit diagram
6.00.1
P.W.B.
2
0.40.2
1.350.1
_0.1
3.5 +0.2
0.3 max.
0.1 max.
_0.1
2.5 +0.2
4.80.1
_0
5.1+0.1
x.
ma
.5 0.05 max.
0
0.3 max.
R
5.80.1
7.00.1
1.650.1
1.250.1
0.450.1
_0.1
3.4 +0.2
3.10.1
3.10.1
5.70.1
_0
6.2 +0.4
2.050.1

Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP4HB3B
2.5 N
3.5 mm
Blue
1000000 cycles
EVQP4KB3Q
3.5 N
3.5 mm
Grey
500000 cycles
EVQP4MB3K
5.0 N
3.5 mm
Black
200000 cycles
No. 2
2.70.1
EVQP4
2
2.55
Short push travel
Circuit diagram
6.00.1
P.W.B.
1.350.1
_0.1
3.5 +0.2
_0
6.2 +0.4
2.050.1
_0
5.1+0.1
x.
ma 0.05 max.
.5
0
0.3 max.
R
5.80.1
7.00.1
1.650.1
1.250.1
0.450.1
+0.2
3.0 _0.1
+0.2
2.1 _0.1
2.6
4.80.1
5.70.1
3.10.1
3.10.1
0.3 max.
0.1 max.
1.6
0.40.2

Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP40B3M
1.0 N
3.5 mm
Natural
1000000 cycles
EVQP42B3M
1.6 N
3.5 mm
Natural
1000000 cycles
EVQP44B3M
2.4 N
3.5 mm
Natural
500000 cycles
EVQP46B3M
3.5 N
3.5 mm
Natural
200000 cycles
ES111
00 Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
t2
(Normal Temp.)
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVQP4
3.5
6.50.2
B
3.90.2
W
12.00.3
F
5.50.1
1.750.10
8.00.1
Item
2.00.1
D Dia.
4.00.1
1.5
t2
+0.1
0
0.40.1 3.750.20

T
Item
Rate (mm) 14.01.5
Rate (mm) 370.02.0 50.0 min. 13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
ES112
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPS

Type:
EVQPS
Features

Terminal shapes : straight, J-bent

1
Type
6th
Embossed Taping
Without Boss With Boss
C
D
M
L
H
G
R
Q
Terminal Operating
Shape
Force
J-bent
Straight
J-bent
Straight
7th & 8th

02
Height
1.8 mm
9th
K
Push Plate Color

Black
1.6 N
2.2 N
Specifications
Type

Rating
10 A 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistiv load)
Contact Resistance
Electrical
500 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
Operating Force

1.6 N
+0.7
0.4
+0.8
2.2 N 0.7 N
+0.1
0.2
Mechanical
Travel
Push Strength
30 N for 1 minute
Endurance
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
0.3 mm
mm
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
16000 pcs.
ES113
00
Oct. 2012

No. 1
EVQPSD
EVQPSH
1.6
0.6
0.6
0.
1.4
0.8+0.1
0.2
1.5
(3)
2.4
4.0
4.6
J-bent terminals,
with Boss
1.8
A
0.5
A'
B'
0.5
3.40.2
6.1
4.4
7.4
1.50.2
2.4
A
A'
B'
.2
+0
3.0
5.6
0
.9
0
3.00.05
3.00.1
Circuit Diagram

(Tolerance:0.1)
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPSD02K
1.6 N
1.8 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPSH02K
2.2 N
1.8 mm
Black
100000 cycles
No. 2
1.6
EVQPSM
EVQPSR
0.6
1.8
0.
C
0.8+0.1
0.2
1.5
(3)
2.4
6.0
4.0
Straight terminals,
with Boss
1.4
0.5
B'
A'
0.5
3.40.2
6.1
1.4
1.50.2
1.5
7.4
.2
+00
A'
B'
5.8
.9
0
3.00.05
3.00.1
3.4
(Tolerance:0.1)
Circuit Diagram
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPSM02K
1.6 N
1.8 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPSR02K
2.2 N
1.8 mm
Black
100000 cycles
ES114
00
Oct. 2012

No. 3
EVQPSC
EVQPSG
1.6
0.6
0.6
1.4
1.5
(3)
2.4
4.6
4.0
J-bent terminals,
without Boss
1.8
A
0.5
A'
B'
3.40.2
6.1
4.4
7.4
2.4
B
A'
B'
3.0
5.6
1.50.2

(Tolerance:0.1)
Circuit Diagram
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPSC02K
1.6 N
1.8 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPSG02K
2.2 N
1.8 mm
Black
100000 cycles
No. 4
0.6
1.8
B
1.4
1.5
(3)
2.4
6.0
4.0
Straight terminals,
without Boss
1.6
EVQPSL
EVQPSQ
0.5
B'
A'
3.40.2
6.1
1.4
A'
B'
5.8
1.5
1.50.2
7.4
3.4
(Tolerance:0.1)
Circuit Diagram
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPSL02K
1.6 N
1.8 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPSQ02K
2.2 N
1.8 mm
Black
100000 cycles
ES115
00
Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=16.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
(Normal Temp.)
t2
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
EVQPS
1.8
6.80.2
8.0 0.2
16.00.3
7.50.1
1.750.10
8.00.1
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5 0
Item
+0.1
t1
t2
0.300.05
2.70.2

T
E
C
Rate (mm) 370.02.0 50.0 min. 13.00.5

D
Item
Rate (mm) 18.01.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
ES116
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPA/PB

Type:
EVQPA/EVQPB
Features
Wealth of product types: With or without a ground terminal,
vertical type, snap-in terminals, etc.

Can be automatically dip-soldered: Integral molding of
the terminals and main body prevents the escape of flux.

1
Product Code
B
Height
Type
Push Plate Color
Product Chart
=In production
Operating
Force
Positioning Pin
1.0 N
Without positioning pin
1.3 N
1.6 N
2.6 N
Height
Ground Terminal
4.3 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
9.5 mm
With ground terminal
Without ground terminal
Specifications
Type

A
A'
B'
Circuit Diagram
Rating
Electrical
Contact Resistance
50 m max.

3 ms max. (ON)
8 ms max. (OFF)
Bouncing
Mechanical
1.0 N0.4 N
1.3 N0.4 N
2.6 N0.6 N
1.6 N0.5 N
0.25 mm0.10 mm
Operating Force
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
50000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Minimum Quantity/
Packing Unit
Top-push
Quantity/Carton
Top-push

10000 pcs.
1 million cycles also available, consult our salesmen.

ES117
00
Oct. 2012

No. 1
EVQPA
4.5
H
6.00.3
3.4
Part Numbers
4-1.0 + 0.1
0
6.5
3.6
A'
0.7
(6.5)
(7.8)
6.00.3
3.50.5
0.5 max.

View from mounting side
B'
Operating Force
H=Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPAC04M
1.0 N
4.3 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQPAC05R
1.0 N
5.0 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQPAC07K
1.0 N
7.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPAC09K
1.0 N
9.5 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPAD04M
1.3 N
4.3 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQPAD05R
1.3 N
5.0 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQPAD07K
1.3 N
7.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPAD09K
1.3 N
9.5 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPAE04M
1.6 N
4.3 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQPAE05R
1.6 N
5.0 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQPAE07K
1.6 N
7.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPAE09K
1.6 N
9.5 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPAG04M
2.6 N
4.3 mm
White
50000 cycles
EVQPAG05R
2.6 N
5.0 mm
Red
50000 cycles
EVQPAG07K
2.6 N
7.0 mm
Black
50000 cycles
EVQPAG09K
2.6 N
9.5 mm
Black
50000 cycles
ES118
00
Oct. 2012

No. 2
EVQPB
4.5
6.00.3
0.7
0.7
(6.5)
(7.8)
1.5
3.6
6.00.3
A'
Part Numbers
3.5
0.5 max.
6.5
H
3.4
5-1.0 + 0.1
0
4.1+0.1
0
B'
Operating Force
H=Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPBC04M
1.0 N
4.3 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQPBC05R
1.0 N
5.0 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQPBC07K
1.0 N
7.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPBC09K
1.0 N
9.5 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPBD04M
1.3 N
4.3 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQPBD05R
1.3 N
5.0 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQPBD07K
1.3 N
7.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPBD09K
1.3 N
9.5 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPBE04M
1.6 N
4.3 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQPBE05R
1.6 N
5.0 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQPBE07K
1.6 N
7.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPBE09K
1.6 N
9.5 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPBG04M
2.6 N
4.3 mm
White
50000 cycles
EVQPBG05R
2.6 N
5.0 mm
Red
50000 cycles
EVQPBG07K
2.6 N
7.0 mm
Black
50000 cycles
EVQPBG09K
2.6 N
9.5 mm
Black
50000 cycles
ES119
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPF

Type:
EVQPF
Features
Wealth of product types: Horizontal type,

snap-in terminals, etc.


1
Product Code
Height
Type
Push Plate Color
Specifications
Type
Circuit Diagram
Rating
Electrical
Contact Resistance
50 m max.

3 ms max. (ON)
8 ms max. (OFF)
Bouncing
Mechanical
1.0 N0.4 N
1.3 N0.4 N
2.6 N0.6 N
1.6 N0.5 N
0.25 mm0.10 mm
Operating Force
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
50000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Minimum Quantity/
Packing Unit
Top-push
Quantity/Carton
Top-push

10000 pcs.

ES120
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPF

EVQPF
3.5
4.0
7.1
3.6
1.0
0.5 max.
0.3
7.5
6.2
3.5
0.3
0.4
0.7
4.5
7.00.5
2-1.3 0
2.50.1
7.00.1
4.50.1
2-1.0 0
+0.1
1.0
2.5
4.0
+0.1

(PWB thickness=1.6 mm)
Circuit diagram
Part Numbers
Operating Force
k =Push Plate Place
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPF003M
1.0 N
3.15 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQPF004R
1.0 N
3.85 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQPF006K
1.0 N
5.85 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPF008K
1.0 N
8.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPF103M
1.3 N
3.15 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQPF104R
1.3 N
3.85 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQPF106K
1.3 N
5.85 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPF108K
1.3 N
8.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPF203M
1.6 N
3.15 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQPF204R
1.6 N
3.85 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQPF206K
1.6 N
5.85 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPF208K
1.6 N
8.35 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPF303M
2.6 N
3.15 mm
White
50000 cycles
EVQPF304R
2.6 N
3.85 mm
Red
50000 cycles
EVQPF306K
2.6 N
5.85 mm
Black
50000 cycles
EVQPF308K
2.6 N
8.35 mm
Black
50000 cycles
ES121
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQ2

Type:
EVQ2
Features
Wealth of product types: With or without a ground terminal,

vertical type, snap-in terminals, etc.

Operating switches for electronic equipment

1
Product Code
Height
Type
Push Plate Color
Product Chart
Operating
Force
1.0 N
=Standard
Positioning Pin
1.3 N
1.6 N
2.6 N
Height
Ground Terminal
4.3 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
9.5 mm
Specifications
Type

A
A'
B'
Circuit Diagram
Rating
Electrical
Contact Resistance
50 m max.

3 ms max. (ON)
8 ms max. (OFF)
Bouncing
Mechanical
1.0 N0.4 N
1.3 N0.4 N
2.6 N0.6 N
1.6 N0.5 N
0.25 mm0.10 mm
Operating Force
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
50000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Minimum Quantity/
Packing Unit
Top-push
Quantity/Carton
Top-push
1000 pcs. Radial Taping (Reel Pack)

10000 pcs.

ES122
00
Oct. 2012

EVQ2
2-terminals type
1.3 max.
E-E' Section
0.8
0.6
18.0 0
+1.0
3.6
+0.8
5.0 0.2
Adhesive tape
E'
+1.0
A
0.3 max.
Adhesive tape shall

not extend beyond
base paper.
A
0.5
3.850.70
3.4
0.9 0.5 max.
0.3
Circuit
diagram
4.00.3
6.350.70
5.0
9.00.5
6.00.3
1.3 max.
12.71.0
1.0 max.
18.0 0.5
1.0 max.
2.0 max.
6.00.5
6.00.3
0.60.3
1.5 max.
The direction of P or Q side is randomly settled.
12.70.3
JIS C0806-2 shall be applied to the items

not specified here.
2-1.000.05
Part Numbers
Operating Force
H=Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQ21304M
1.0 N
4.3 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQ21305R
1.0 N
5.0 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQ21307K
1.0 N
7.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQ21309K
1.0 N
9.5 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQ21404M
1.3 N
4.3 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQ21405R
1.3 N
5.0 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQ21407K
1.3 N
7.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQ21409K
1.3 N
9.5 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQ21504M
1.6 N
4.3 mm
White
100000 cycles
EVQ21505R
1.6 N
5.0 mm
Red
100000 cycles
EVQ21507K
1.6 N
7.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQ21509K
1.6 N
9.5 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQ22704M
2.6 N
4.3 mm
White
50000 cycles
EVQ22705R
2.6 N
5.0 mm
Red
50000 cycles
EVQ22707K
2.6 N
7.0 mm
Black
50000 cycles
EVQ22709K
2.6 N
9.5 mm
Black
50000 cycles
ES123
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPC

5N Type Side-operational 4R Light Touch Switches
Type:
EVQPC
Features
Wealth of product types: Horizontal type,

snap-in terminals, etc.


1
Product Code
Height
Type
Push Plate Color
Specifications
Type
Circuit Diagram
Rating
Electrical
Contact Resistance
50 m max.

3 ms max. (ON)
8 ms max. (OFF)
Bouncing
Mechanical
1.0 N0.4 N
1.3 N0.4 N
2.6 N0.6 N
1.6 N0.5 N
0.25 mm0.10 mm
Operating Force
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
50000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
7000 pcs.

ES124
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPC

EVQPC
2.0 max.
0.3 max.
1.00.2
2.50.2
4.750.25 4.00.3
0.30.2
6.00.5
9.00.5
3.850.70
0.40.2
17.00.5
20.0 (Ho)0.5
27.11.0
+0.8
2.0 max.
2.00.2
7.00.3
5.0 0.2
+0.15
0.50 0.10
4.00.3
4.00.3
7.10.2
0.5 max.
3.00.2
3.30.2
3.50.2
2.0 max.
9.250.30
2.30.2
12.71.0
0.3 max.
6.350.70
7.50.3
6.20.2
+1.0
18.0 0.5
4.00.1
2-1.300.05
12.70.2
4.00.2
2-1.000.05
5.00.1
7.00.1

Circuit diagram
Part Numbers
Operating Force Push Plate Place Push Plate Color Operating Life Insert Machine H 0 Dimension
EVQPC005K
1.0 N
4.75 mm
Black
100000 cycles
Panasert
20 mm
EVQPC105K
1.3 N
4.75 mm
Black
100000 cycles
Panasert
20 mm
EVQPC205K
1.6 N
4.75 mm
Black
100000 cycles
Panasert
20 mm
EVQPC305K
2.6 N
4.75 mm
Black
50000 cycles
Panasert
20 mm
EVQPC405K
1.0 N
4.75 mm
Black
100000 cycles
Avisert
21 mm
EVQPCP05K
1.3 N
4.75 mm
Black
100000 cycles
Avisert
21 mm
EVQPC605K
1.6 N
4.75 mm
Black
100000 cycles
Avisert
21 mm
EVQPC705K
2.6 N
4.75 mm
Black
50000 cycles
Avisert
21 mm
ES125
00
Oct. 2012

Type:
EVQ11
Features

(Excluding the push plate)
The cast-processed terminals improve the mountability

1
Product Code
Type
Height
Push Plate Color
Specifications
Type
Circuit Diagram
Rating
Electrical
Contact Resistance
50 m max.

3 ms max. (ON)
8 ms max. (OFF)
Bouncing
Operating Force
Mechanical
1.0 N0.4 N
1.3 N0.4 N
1.6 N0.5 N
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life
2.6 N0.6 N
0.25 mm0.10 mm
100000 cycles min.
50000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
25000 pcs.

ES126
00
Oct. 2012

12.71.0
Adhesive tape
E'
4.00.3
6.350.70
5.00.1
Circuit diagram
12.70.3
+1.0
+0.8
5.0 0.2 3.850.70
18.0
(11.4)
(8.9)
+1.0
0
0.5 max.
H
3.4
0.2 max.
Adhesive tape shall

not extend beyond
base paper.
B
E-E' section
0.8
(3.8)
6.0
(1.1)
0.3
3.6
1.3 max.
18.0 0.5
R3
.2
1.3 max.
1.0 max.
2.0 max.
6.00.5
9.00.5
1.0 max.
(Radial Taping)
0.60.3
1.5 max.
EVQ11
JIS C0806-2 shall be applied to the items

not specified here.
2-1.000.05
Part Numbers
EVQ11A04M
EVQ11A05R
EVQ11A07K
EVQ11A09K
EVQ11D04K
EVQ11D05B
EVQ11D07K
EVQ11D09K
EVQ11G04M
EVQ11G05R
EVQ11G07K
EVQ11G09K
EVQ11K04K
EVQ11K05B
EVQ11K07K
EVQ11K09K
EVQ11L04M
EVQ11L05R
EVQ11L07K
EVQ11L09K
EVQ11Y04K
EVQ11Y05B
EVQ11Y07K
EVQ11Y09K
EVQ11U04M
EVQ11U05R
EVQ11U07K
EVQ11U09K
EVQ11V04K
EVQ11V05B
EVQ11V07K
EVQ11V09K
Operating Force
1.0N
1.0N
1.0N
1.0N
1.0N
1.0N
1.0N
1.0N
1.3N
1.3N
1.3N
1.3N
1.3N
1.3N
1.3N
1.3N
1.6N
1.6N
1.6N
1.6N
1.6N
1.6N
1.6N
1.6N
2.6N
2.6N
2.6N
2.6N
2.6N
2.6N
2.6N
2.6N
H=Height
4.3 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
9.5 mm
4.3 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
9.5 mm
4.3 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
9.5 mm
4.3 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
9.5 mm
4.3 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
9.5 mm
4.3 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
9.5 mm
4.3 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
9.5 mm
4.3 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
9.5 mm
Push Plate Color

White
Red
Black
Black
Black
Blue
Black
Black
White
Red
Black
Black
Black
Blue
Black
Black
White
Red
Black
Black
Black
Blue
Black
Black
White
Red
Black
Black
Black
Blue
Black
Black
Operating Life
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
1000000 cycles
50000 cycles
50000 cycles
50000 cycles
50000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
ES127
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPE

Type:
EVQPE
Features

Wave soldering available

1
Product Code
Type
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Product Chart
Type
Operating Force
Bulk Type
1.0 N0.5 N
EVQPE4
1.6 N0.5 N
EVQPE5
2.4 N0.6 N
EVQPE6
Height
H=4.3 mm
H=5.0 mm
Specifications
Type
Circuit Diagram
Electrical
Rating
Contact Resistance
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)

Bouncing
Mechanical

1.0 N0.5N
(Low force type)
1.6 N0.5 N
(Standard)
Operating Force
Travel
Endurance
2.4 N0.6 N
0.25 mm
Operating Life
50000 cycles min.
+0.20
0.10
mm
30000 cycles min.
30 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
10000 pcs.
ES128
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPE

EVQPE4
EVQPE5
EVQPE6
3.50.5
1.4
H
3.5
0.5 max.
1.00.2
3.50.5
(2.6)
(7.9)
(6.5)
3.0
6.0
(Bulk)
A
6.5
2-
1.3
0
0.0
5

B
Circuit diagram
Part Numbers
Operating Force
H=Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPE404Q
1.0 N
4.3 mm
Grey
50000 cycles
EVQPE405Q
1.0 N
5.0 mm
Grey
50000 cycles
EVQPE504K
1.6 N
4.3 mm
Black
50000 cycles
EVQPE505K
1.6 N
5.0 mm
Black
50000 cycles
EVQPE604T
2.4 N
4.3 mm
Brown
30000 cycles
EVQPE605T
2.4 N
5.0 mm
Brown
30000 cycles
ES129
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPJ

Type:
EVQPJ
Features

Wave soldering available

1
Product Code
Type
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Product Chart
Type
Operating Force
Radial Taping
1.0 N0.5 N
EVQPJG
1.6 N0.5 N
EVQPJH
2.4 N0.6 N
EVQPJJ
Height
H=4.3 mm
H=5.0 mm
Specifications
Type
Circuit Diagram
Electrical
Rating
Contact Resistance
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)

Bouncing
Mechanical

1.0 N0.5N
(Low force type)
1.6 N0.5 N
(Standard)
Operating Force
Travel
Endurance
2.4 N0.6 N
0.25 mm
Operating Life
50000 cycles min.
+0.20
0.10
mm
30000 cycles min.
30 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
20000 pcs.
ES130
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPJ
1.0 max.
1.3 max.
12.71.0
1.0 max.
A
B
Circuit diagram
1.3 max.
1.1
3.0
6.0
(Radial Taping)
Cross section E-E'
A
+0.8
3.850.70
Adhesive tape
E'
5.0
(2.0)
5.0
18.0
+1.0
0
5.0 0.2
6.00.5
3.4
4.0
H
9.00.5
0.3
Adhesive tape shall not extend beyond

base paper.
2.0 max.
90
3
0.8
0.5
4.00.3
6.350.70
2-0.950.05
+1.0
3.50.5
18.0 0.5
EVQPJG
EVQPJH
EVQPJJ
0.60.3
1.5 max.
12.70.3
JIS C0806-2 shall be applied to the items not specified here.
Part Numbers
Operating Force
H=Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPJG04Q
1.0 N
4.3 mm
Grey
50000 cycles
EVQPJG05Q
1.0 N
5.0 mm
Grey
50000 cycles
EVQPJH04K
1.6 N
4.3 mm
Black
50000 cycles
EVQPJH05K
1.6 N
5.0 mm
Black
50000 cycles
EVQPJJ04T
2.4 N
4.3 mm
Brown
30000 cycles
EVQPJJ05T
2.4 N
5.0 mm
Brown
30000 cycles
ES131
00
Oct. 2012

Type:
EVQP0
Features

Comfortable for long-time operation due to over-travel
Excellent light-touch operational feel

Operation switches for PC mouse

1
Force
OF
Type
RF
6th Operating Force
E
0.74 N
D
1.30 N
7th & 8th Mounting Height

07
7.45 mm
Push Travel
MD
9th Push Plate Color

Black
K
PT
OT
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical

100 m max. (1 max. after life test)
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
Operating Force
3 ms max. (ON), 8 ms max. (OFF)

EVQP0E : 0.74 N max.
Returning Force
Mechanical
Endurance
EVQP0D : 1.3 N max.

0.1 N min.
Pre-travel
0.5 mm max.
Movement Differential (MD)
0.12 mm max.
Over Travel
0.2 mm max.
Operating Life
EVQP0E : 5000000 cycles min.
EVQP0D : 1000000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
45 C to +85 C
Quantity/Carton
10000 pcs.
ES132
00
Oct. 2012

EVQP0
(Bulk)
3.0
0.80.1
0.3 max
3.50.2
0.9
6.7
R0.5
0.30.1
0.75
4.0
5.00.1
5.080.20
3.0
Operating Position
7.45 max.
7.00.2
2.5
1.8
Returning Position
6.20.1
6.20.1
2-1.000.05
3.0
Circuit diagram
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP0E07K
0.74 N
7.45 mm
Black
5000000 cycles
EVQP0D07K
1.30 N
7.45 mm
Black
1000000 cycles
ES133
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAH

4 mm Square Double-action SMD
Type:
EVPAH
Features

Long operation life
Wide selection of double action operating variations
Camera function (Digital still cameras, Camcorders,

Mobile phones, etc.) for shutter switches.

1
Product Code
A
B
C
Height
Type
6th
Operating Force
1st
2nd
0.8 N 1.6 N
0.9 N 2.0 N
1.0 N 2.6 N
7th
G
Terminal Type
J-bent
Positioning Boss
Without
Specifications
Type
Snap action/Push-on type SPDT

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
500 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
3 ms max. (ON), 20 ms max. (OFF)

1st : 0.8 N, 0.9 N, 1.0 N
2nd : 1.6 N, 2.0 N, 2.6 N
Operating Force
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
1st: 0.15 mm
2nd: 0.3 mm
1.6 N : 100000 cycles min.

2.0 N : 100000 cycles min.
2.6 N : 30000 cycles min.
Operating Life
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
40000 pcs.
ES134
00
Oct. 2012

EVPAH
+0.1
2-4.25 0.3
(3.4)
+0.3
.3
1.9
0.5
0.5
4.1 0.2
0.5
4 0.1
0.59
(0.63)
+0.3
0.35
0.25
4.55 0.1
Washer
D terminal
Ground terminal (Washer to D terminal)
1st operation
C
0.75
4.8
3.4
2nd operation
C
1.2
2.7
B
D
(Washer)
Circuit Diagram

(View from mounting side)
C or/and C shall be used

as common/ground terminal.
(2.8)
(2.7)
C
A
Please do not Provide any
Land pattern in this area.
Part Numbers
Boss
Ground Terminal
EVPAHAG6A
Without
EVPAHBG6A
EVPAHCG6A
Operating Force
Height
Operating Life
1.6 N
0.59
100000 cycles
0.9 N
2.0 N
0.59
100000 cycles
1.0 N
2.6 N
0.59
30000 cycles
1 th
2 th
With
0.8 N
Without
With
Without
With
ES135
00
Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
(Normal Temp.)
t2
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVPAH
0.59
4.360.2
4.40.2
12.0 0.1
+0.3
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
5.50.1
1.750.1
8.00.1
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5 0
Item
+0.1
t1
t2
0.30.05
1.25 0.1
+0.2

T
E
C
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

D
Item
Rate (mm) 13.51.0
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
17.51.0
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
0.3 mm max.
1.2
Test pole
Leaning angle range

90 4
Switch
R0.05
Mounting surface
ES136
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPR/Q0/3PR

6 mm Square Thin Type Double-action SMD
Type:
EVQPR/EVQQ0/EVQ3PR
Features
Camera function
Height : 0.9 mm (Without push plate)

0.95 mm (With push plate)
With push plate
: 1st 0.7 N, 2nd 2.6 N
Without push plate : 1st 1.0 N, 2nd 2.6 N
(Digital still cameras, Camcorders, Mobile phones, etc.)
Operating switches for menu scrolling and confirmation

for portable equipment.

1
4th, 5th, 6th

PRB, Q04
PR7, 3PR
PR5, PRD
PR9, PRH
Boss
Without
With
Without
With
Ground Terminal
Without
Without
With
With
7th, 8th, 9th

A10
A09
Push Plate
With
Without
Specifications
Type
Push Plate type
With Push Plate

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
Without Push Plate
100 m max.
50 M min.

3 ms max. (ON)
20 ms max. (OFF)
Bouncing
1st : 0.7 N
1st : 1.0 N
2nd : 2.6 N
2nd : 2.6 N
Operating Force
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
1st: 0.4 mm
Operating Life
2nd: 0.6 mm
30000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
25000 pcs.
ES137
00
Oct. 2012

No. 1
2.5
C
0.
1
0.5
0.050.05
1
B
C
1.2
0.950.2
B D
Dummy
2nd Action
A
1.200.05
Circuit diagram

6.0
(Year)
C
1
0.
1 +0.05
0.1
0.050.05
Recommended solder
thickness t=0.150.03
B D
Dummy
2nd Action
A
1.200.05
Circuit diagram
Ground Terminal
Without
Without
With
With
1.000.05
D
2.40.1
3.70.1
1.10.1
2.10.1
B D
Dummy
0.85 +0.05
0
1.000.05 0.80.1
1.20.05
7.40.1
4.80.1
B
3.60.1
1.60.1
B D
Dummy
+0.05
1.050
0.80.1
1.80.1
Either E or F type will be used because

of variety of molding dies.
Dummy
Part Numbers
EVQPRBA09
EVQ3PRA09
EVQPRDA09
EVQPRHA09
1.2
1.2 1.0
1st Action
5
+0.0
Operating Life
30000 cycles
30000 cycles
30000 cycles
30000 cycles
0.1
D 0.8
0.5
3.5
0.
5
(5.0)
1.0
Gold plate
1.0 1.2
(Month)
(Mounting base with Boss)

(With ground terminal)
1.3 1.3
(Day)
0.6
EVQPR
EVQ3PR
0.6
0.9
0.4
Height
0.95 mm
0.95 mm
0.95 mm
0.95 mm
1.0
6.0
5.7
Operating Force
1st/0.7 N, 2nd/2.6 N
1st/0.7 N, 2nd/2.6 N
1st/0.7 N, 2nd/2.6 N
1st/0.7 N, 2nd/2.6 N
1.3 1.6
Boss
Without
With
Without
With
1.2
Ground Terminal
Without
Without
With
With
1.000.05
D
2.40.1
3.70.1
0.80.1
1.80.1
B D
Dummy
1.10.1
2.10.1
1st Action
1.20.05
B
3.60.1
1.60.1
B D
Dummy
+0.0
1.05 0
0.85 +0.05
0
1.000.05 0.80.1
7.40.1
4.80.1
OFF
Without Push Plate
Recommended solder
thickness t=0.150.03
Either E or F type will be used because

of variety of molding dies.
1.2 1.0
Part Numbers
EVQQ04A10
EVQPR7A10
EVQPR5A10
EVQPR9A10
No. 2
D 0.8 0.1
1.3 1.6
(Year)
F
+0.05
0.1
1.0 1.2
6.0
0.8
(5.0)
Gold plate A
(Month)
0
.5
(Mounting base with Boss)

(With ground terminal)
(Day)
1.3 1.3
EVQQ0
EVQPR
0.6
1.050.1
0.4
1.2
6.0
5.7
1.0 +0.05
With Push Plate

Boss
Without
With
Without
With
Operating Force
1st/1.0 N, 2nd/2.6 N
1st/1.0 N, 2nd/2.6 N
1st/1.0 N, 2nd/2.6 N
1st/1.0 N, 2nd/2.6 N
Height
0.9 mm
0.9 mm
0.9 mm
0.9 mm
ES138
Operating Life
30000 cycles
30000 cycles
30000 cycles
30000 cycles
00
Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
(Normal Temp.)
t2
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVQPR/Q0/3PR
0.9, 0.95
6.30.3
6.30.3
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
+0.1
12.00.3 5.500.15 1.750.15 8.000.15 2.000.15 4.000.15
1.5 0
t1
t2
0.300.05
1.70.1
+0.2

T
E
Item
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

D
Item
Rate (mm) 13.51.0
13.00.2
21.00.8
2.00.5
17.51.0
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
0.3 mm max.
1.2
Test pole
Leaning angle range

90 4
Switch
R0.05
Mounting surface
ES139
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAJ

Type:
EVPAJ
Features
plate), Height : 1.2 mm

External dimensions : 4.7 mm3.5 mm (Without push
Camera function

Product code
Type
Height
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
500 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)

3 ms max. (ON)
20 ms max. (OFF)
Bouncing
Operating Force (1st Action)
1.6 N
Operating Force (2nd Action)

Mechanical
Endurance
2.6 N
Travel (1st Action)
0.15 mm
Travel (2nd Action)
0.4 mm
Push Strength
30 N for 15 seconds
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
25000 pcs.
ES140
00
Oct. 2012

EVPAJ
(Embossed Taping)
4.50.2
3.5 +0.20
0.15
Part Nambers :
EVPAJAC1A
4.70.2
A
A'
C'
2.3
0.85
Common/ground terminal
A
D
1.20.15
C
1st
2nd
A'
B
C'
A or/and A shall be used

Circuit Diagram
6.60.2
A'
B
C'
30.1
6.90.1
Push plate side
2.90.1
A
D
1.10.05
0.5
0.60.05
0.5
1.9
0.5
3.50.1
PWB land pattern for reference(View from mounting side)
EVPAJ
L-shape
A
A'
C'
0.3
4.50.2
3.5 +0.20
0.15
Part Nambers :
EVPAJAE1A
4.70.2
0.4
2.3
0.85
Common/ground terminal
A
D
1.20.15
C
1st
2nd
A'
B
C'
A or/and A shall be used

Circuit Diagram
5.80.2
A'
B
6.60.2
C'
30.1
5.90.1
6.90.1
1.10.05
2.90.1
A
D
0 0.60.05
.55 +0
.1
0.5
0.5
1.9
0.5
3.50.1
Push plate side

PWB land pattern for reference(View from mounting side)
ES141
00
Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
230
180
Tape width=12.0 mm
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
t2
(Normal Temp.)
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)

Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVPAJ
1.2
6.80.2
4.90.2
12.0 _0.1
+0.3
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
5.780.1 1.750.1
8.00.1
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.5 _0
Item
+0.1
t1
t2
0.30.05
1.95 _0
+0.3

T
E
C
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
17.51.0
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

Item
Rate (mm) 13.51.0
ES142
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQQ0

Side-operational Edge Mount / SMD
Type:
EVQQ0
Features
External dimensions : 6.2 mm3.75 mm (Excluding the
Camera function
push plate), Height : 3.5 mm (EVQQ0C Type : Printed

circuit board being as low as 1.35 mm)
Good operability due to long stroke : 1st 0.4 mm, 2nd 0.5 mm
when mounted on PC board edge

Product code
Type
Height
Specifications
Type

C
Circuit Diagram
Electrical
Rating
2nd Action
500 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)

5 ms max. (ON)
20 ms max. (OFF)
Bouncing
Operating Force (1st Action)
1.0 N
Operating Force (2nd Action)
2.6 N
0.4 mm
Travel (1st Action)
0.5 mm
Travel (2nd Action)

Endurance
1st Action
Contact Resistance
Mechanical
OFF
Push Strength
30 N for 1 minute
Operating Life
1st Action with click : 200000 cycles min.
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
12500 pcs.
ES143
00 Oct. 2012

No. 1
5.70.1
OFF
5.25 +0.2
0.1
23
23
2nd Action
1 23
Circuit diagram
0.4
2.6
4.8
+0.5
6.2 0
0.3 min.
0.35 max.
3.25
4.3
+0.1
5.1 0
5.8
7.2
0.45
0.15 min.
0.25 max.
2.85
2.5
R1 max.
4
1.6
1
0.4 max.
2.85
4.35 +0.2
0.1
(1.5)
P.W.B
1.350.1
(1.85 or 1.95)
1.6
1.9
(1.95)
1.8
3.5+0.2
0.1
0 +0.1
0.05
(Embossed Taping)
1st Action
3.75
EVQQ0C0
R1.3

(Tolerance : 0.1)
2-10.1
Note : Please put your consideration not to let any

burrs of printed wiring board stick out from
the mounting surface of our switches.
0.80.1
2.80.1
No. 2
Height
Operating Life
3.5 mm
200000 cycles
+0.5
6.2 0
OFF
+0.2
1.8
Between washer and terminals.

(Initial condition : 0 to 0.1 mm)
A
+0.2
0.1
7.1
5.3
2.8
3-4.75
3-3.6
5.25
3.75
2-10.1
5.70.1
2.80.1
+0.2
Mounting Surface
Between portion A and B on washer.
2 3
1 2 3
Circuit daiagram
Y
(4.4)
(5)
1
2nd Action
3.5 0.1
1.95
1.6
X
2 3
0.4
4.8
2.6
2 Y
1
1st Action
(Washer)
0.050.05
(Mounting base)
+0.04
1.9 -0.15
(1.5)
(Embossed Taping)
4.35 0.1
2.85
EVQQ0G0
00.05
1.350.1
EVQQ0C03K
Operating Force
1st Action/1.0 N (With click)
2nd Action/2.6 N
3-0.3
0.6
(0.9)
2-3
Part Numbers
3-1
1.6
B
0.80.1
P.W.B.
4

(View from mounting side) (Tolerance : 0.1)
Support
P.W.B.
Part Numbers
EVQQ0G03K
Operating Force
1st Action/1.0 N (With click)
2nd Action/2.6 N
Height
Operating Life
3.5 mm
200000 cycles
ES144
00 Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
t2
(Normal Temp.)
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)

Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVQQ0C
EVQQ0G
3.5
6.60.2
12.00.3
5.50.1
1.750.10
8.00.1
D Dia.
5.70.2
2.00.1
3.80.2
+0.1
4.00.1
t2
0.40.1
1.5 0
5.80.2
3.70.2

T
E
C
Item
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

Item
Rate (mm) 13.51.0
17.51.0
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
ES145
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0/P1/9P

Type:
EVQP0/EVQP1/EVQ9P
Features

(Including the push plate)
Steady and low contact resistance (100 m max.)

Excellent solderability (J-bent-type terminals)
Operating switches for car electronic equipment.

Input on operating switches for telephones, electronic
musical instruments, etc.

1
4th, 5th, 6th

P1K
P1Y
P19
P1F
P1D
P04
9P1
Operating Force Travel

2.2 N
1.0 mm
2.5 N
1.6 N
2.0 N
2.5 N
1.3 mm
3.0 N
3.5 N
7th & 8th

05
Height from Bottom to Knob Top

5.0 mm
9th
M
Push Plate Color

Natural
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
Operating Force
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life

1.6 N0.5 N, 2.0 N0.6 N
2.5 N0.6 N
3.0 N0.8 N
3.5 N1.0 N
2.2 N0.6 N
2.5 N0.6 N
1.3 mm0.2 mm
1.0 mm0.2 mm
3.5 N type: 30000 cycles min.

1.6 N, 2.0 N, 2.2 N, 2.5 N, 3.0 N types: 100000 cycles min.
40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
10000 pcs.
ES146
00 Oct. 2012

EVQP0
EVQP1
EVQ9P
(Embossed Taping)
1.00.3
4.50.1
B'
4.6
6.10.1
7.4 -0.6
.2
R0
A'
6.0
3.5
B
H
0.75
A'
B'
Circuit diagram
4.50.1
1.0
3.6
10.0
(4.0)
1.0
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Travel
H=Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQP1K05M
2.2 N
1.0 mm
5.0 mm
Natural
100000 cycles
EVQP1Y05M
2.5 N
1.0 mm
5.0 mm
Natural
100000 cycles
EVQP1905M
1.6 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Natural
100000 cycles
EVQP1F05M
2.0 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Natural
100000 cycles
EVQP1D05M
2.5 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Natural
100000 cycles
EVQP0405M
3.0 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Natural
100000 cycles
EVQ9P105M
3.5 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Natural
30000 cycles
ES147
00 Oct. 2012

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
t2
(Normal Temp.)
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
P1
P2
P0
D0 Dia.
EVQP0
EVQP1
EVQ9P
5.0
6.40.2
7.90.2
12.00.3
5.50.1
1.750.10
8.00.1
2.00.1
4.00.1
1.50
Item
+0.1
t1
t2
0.40.1
5.250.20

T
Rate (mm) 370.02.0 50.0 min. 13.00.5
C
B
Item
Rate (mm) 14.01.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
ES148
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAS

6 mm Square Long Travel 2 terminals
Type:
EVPAS
Features

Steady and low contact resistance (100 m max.)

Excellent solderability (J-bent-type terminals)


1
4th, 5th, 6th Operating Force Travel

ASC
2.2 N
1.0 mm
ASD
2.5 N
ASA
1.6 N
ASB
2.0 N
1.3 mm
ASD
2.5 N
ASE
3.0 N
ASF
3.5 N
7th
B
C
Travel
1.0 mm
1.3 mm
8th
1
Height from Bottom

to Knob Top
5 mm
Push Plate/ Cover Plate

Color
Black / Black
Other
9th
A Standard
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
Operating Force
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life

1.6 N0.5 N, 2.0 N0.6 N
2.5 N0.6 N
3.0 N0.8 N
3.5 N1.0 N
2.2 N0.6 N
2.5 N0.6 N
1.3 mm0.2 mm
1.0 mm0.2 mm
3.5 N type: 30000 cycles min.

1.6 N, 2.0 N, 2.2 N, 2.5 N, 3.0 N types: 100000 cycles min.
40 C to +90 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
10000 pcs.
ES149
00 Feb. 2013

EVPASP
(Embossed Taping)
6.0
.2
R0
1.4
6.1
4.6
Circuit diagram
1.00.3
7.00.3
5.0
3.5
Knob
8.00.1
(4.0)
2.00.1
4.00.1
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Travel
H=Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVPASCB1A
2.2 N
1.0 mm
5.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVPASDB1A
2.5 N
1.0 mm
5.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVPASAC1A
1.6 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVPASBC1A
2.0 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVPASDC1A
2.5 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVPASEC1A
3.0 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVPASFC1A
3.5 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Black
30000 cycles
ES150
00 Feb. 2013

Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
230
180
t1
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
t2
(Normal Temp.)
9030
P1
Chip component
4010
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
EVPAS
Height
5.0
6.80.2
B
7.70.2
W
12.00.3
P1
P2
5.50.1 1.750.10 8.00.1
P0
2.00.1
D0 Dia.
4.00.1
1.5
+0.1
0
t1
t2
0.40.1 5.250.20

G
Item
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

B
Item
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
D
Rate (mm) 13.51.0
17.51.0
ES151
00 Feb. 2013
Light Touch Switches/EVQPV

Type:
EVQPV
Features

High mountability, section terminals and radial taping

package
Low contact resistance and steady contact characteristics


1
Type
6th
A
2
G
F
W
Operating Force Push Travel

2.2 N
1.0 mm
1.6 N
2.0 N
1.3 mm
2.5 N
3.5 N
7th & 8th

05
Mounting Height
5.0 mm
9th
K
Push Plate Color

Black
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
Operating Force
2.2 N
1.6 N, 2.0 N, 2.5 N, 3.5 N
1.0 mm0.2 mm
1.3 mm0.2 mm
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
100000 cycles min.

(3.5 N type : 30000 cycles min.)
Operating Life
30 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
25000 pcs.
ES152
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQPV

EVQPV
(Radial Taping)
6.1
0.60.3
1.5 max.
The direction of a or b side is randomly settled.
E'
9.00.5
3.850.70
Adhesive tape
A
B
Circuit diagram
4.00.3
6.350.70
0.2 max.
5.00.1
Adhesive tape shall not

A' extend beyond base paper.
0.45
5.0 +0.8
0.2
18.0 +1.0
-0
H
3.5
18.0 +1.0
0.5
0.8
0.45
A
0.35
0.3
4.6
E-E' section
6.00.5
0.45
0.35
Terminal cross section

(S=10/1)
(2.1)
(4.45)
1.0 max.
12.71.0
2.0 max.
1.0 max.
(11.4)
(8.9)
6.0
1.0 max.
1.0 max.
12.70.3
JIS C0806-2 shall be applied for the items not specified here.
2-1.000.05
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Travel
H=Height
Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQPVA05K
2.2 N
1.0 mm
5.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPV205K
1.6 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPVG05K
2.0 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPVF05K
2.5 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Black
100000 cycles
EVQPVW05K
3.5 N
1.3 mm
5.0 mm
Black
30000 cycles
ES153
00 Oct. 2012

Type:
EVQQ1
Features

High operating force which prevents incorrect

operation
Reliable contact (dust-proof design)
Operating switches for car electronic equipment,

car audio systems, etc.
Steering switches

1
Product Code
Type
Height
Push Plate Color
Specifications
Type
Snap action/Push-on 1-pole 1-throw SPST

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
Operating Force
4 N, 5 N
Mechanical
1.0 mm
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
10000 pcs.
ES154
00 Oct. 2012

6.5 +0.2
0.1
8.50.1
(4.5)
EVQQ1
A
6.2
9.9 +0
0.8
(Embossed Taping)
5.1
0.75
4.50.1
1.15
C
6.10.1
(12)
Circuit diagram
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Push Plate Color
EVQQ1D06M
4.0 N
Natural
EVQQ1E06K
5.0 N
Black
Tape width=16.0 mm
Fan or Normal Temp.
t1
230
180
Feeding hole
Chip pocket
P2 P0
D0
150
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
(Normal Temp.)
9030
t2
4010
P1
Chip component
Soldering Time (s)
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
6.5
EVQQ1
8.90.2
10.10.2
16.00.3
F
7.50.1
P1
P2
1.750.10 12.00.1
P0
2.00.1
D0 Dia.
+0.1
0
4.00.1
1.5
t1
t2
0.400.05
6.80.2

T
Item
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0

D
Item
Rate (mm) 17.50.5
21.51.0
1.0 to 3.0
1.00.5
ES155
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQQJ

Type:
EVQQJ
Features

Height 5.0 mm, 5.5 mm, 6.1 mm (Including the push plate)
Long life (self-cleaning)
Low contact resistance with metal contacts
Small bouncing
Operating Switches for car air conditioners,

car audio systems, etc.
Push switches for camcorders
Ten-key switches for telephones

1
Product Code
Type
Height
Push Plate Color
Specifications
Type
Snap action/Push-on 1-pole 1-throw SPST

Rating
10 A 2 Vdc to 5 mA 12 Vdc. (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance
Electrical
200 m max.
Bouncing
Operating Force

0.8 N0.4 N
1.3 N0.6 N
2.5 N0.6 N
3.0 N0.6 N
1.0 mm
1.0 mm
1.2 mm
1.75 mm
1000000 cycles min.
100000 cycles min.
100000 cycles min.
100000 cycles min.
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
Operating Life
20 C to +70 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
10000 pcs.
Application Notes:
Washing is not allowed.

Inclination of pushing knob shall be 3 max.
ES156
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVQQJ

EVQQJ
(Radial Taping)
1.3 max.
12.71.0
1.0 max.
1.3 max.
E-E' section
1.5
Adhesive tape shall

not extend beyond
base paper.
A
0.5
3.850.50
E
E'
R1
9.00.5
Adhesive tape
4.00.3
2
0.
3.4
+0.8
5.0 0.2
+1.0
Test pole
2.0 max.
6.00.5
18.0+1.0
0
0.3
5.0 min.
8.0
1.8
0.8
0.5
18.0 0.5
1.0 max.
P
0.60.3
1.5 max.
6.351.00
12.70.3
JIS C0806-2 shall be applied to the items not specified here.
3.5
R0.
0.3 max.
5.0
2.0
4.0
3.0
B
2-1.000.05
Circuit Diagram

0.3 max.
EVQQJF Only
3.3
R0.
3
Part Numbers
Operating Force
Travel
H=Height
h=Mounting Base Push Plate Color
Operating Life
EVQQJJ05Q
0.8 N
1.0 mm
5.0 mm
3.5 mm max.
Grey
1000000 cycles
EVQQJE05D
1.3 N
1.0 mm
5.0 mm
3.6 mm max.
Orange
100000 cycles
EVQQJD05B
2.5 N
1.2 mm
5.5 mm
3.8 mm max.
Blue
100000 cycles
EVQQJF06Q
3.0 N
1.75 mm
6.1 mm
4.0 mm max.
Grey
100000 cycles
ES157
00 Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAD

10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD
Type:
EVPAD
Features
The open center space allows for flexibility in choosing a LED
Up to a 4.2-mm diameter chip LED can be mounted.
Provides an excellent operational feel.

Crisp tactile feedback
Long stroke (1 mm)
Supports auto reflow soldering.
Operating switches for car electronic equipment (car

audio systems, car air conditioners, etc.)

1
Product Code
Type
Height
6th
K
Terminal
6 Terminals
Specifications
Type

Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
100 m max.
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Bouncing
Operating Force
4.0 N0.8 N
Mechanical
Travel
Endurance
1.0 mm0.15 mm
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
40 C to +85 C
Storage Temperature
Quantity/Carton
5000 pcs.
ES158
00
Oct. 2012
Light Touch Switches/EVPAD

(Embossed Taping)
LED implementation position
9.8
.2
4 .5
4
0.8
3.2
B1
B2
A2
A4
0.8
0.8
10.15
9.8
0.8
7
A3
A1
0.5 max.
(Plastic projection)
EVPADK04K
+0
10.350.4
A1,A2,A3,A4
11.30.1
8.40.1
A1
A3
B1
1.20.1
3.20.1
1.20.1
1.20.1
0.7
4.7
3.2+0.2
0.1
LED implementation area
B2
A2
A4
B1,B2
Circuit Diagram

(Precautions for pattern design)
Note that the terminals are exposed at the sections shaded with "
"
Establish electrical connection at A1, A2, A3, and A4 to improve the contact performance.

Fan or Normal Temp.
Chip pocket
P2 P0
E
230
180
Tape width=16.0 mm
t1
Feeding hole
D0
F
W
A
B
Operation Top (C)
MAX.
260
150
t2
1
Chip component
P1
The delivered carrier tape shape is either 1 or 2.
(Normal Temp.)
90 to 30
Dimension t3 only applies to shape 2.
40 to 10
t2
t3
Soldering Time (s)
2
Unit: mm
Part No.
Height
EVPAD
4.6
10.70.2 10.70.2 16.00.3
P1
7.50.1 1.750.10 12.00.1
P2
P0
D0 Dia
2.00.1
4.00.1
_0
1.5+0.1
t1
t2
t3
0.400.05 4.80.2
5.82.0

T
E
Item
C
B
D
Rate (mm) 380.02.0 80.01.0
13.00.5
21.01.0
2.00.5
Item
Rate (mm)
17.50.5
21.51.0
ES159
00
Oct. 2012
CONTENTS
Products
Common
Rotary
Potentiometers
Carbon Composition
Trimmer Potentiometers
Position Sensors
Encoders
Type/Series
Part Numbers
Page
Index / RoHs Directives
EV2
EV4
EV6
18 mm Square Rotary Potentiometers (High Rotational Torque) EVCX
EV12
39/20 mm Center Space Rotary Potentiometers
EWVYE/K/M
EV13
44/25 mm Center Space Rotary Potentiometers
EWVYG/H/J/L
EV14
EV15
Application Notes / Common Specifications / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
EV17
6FF Square Trimmer Potentiometers
EVNCYA
EV20
6FE Square Trimmer Potentiometers
EVND
EV22
EV25
Checklist / Application Notes / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
EV27
10 mm GS Sensors
EVWAE/D
EV30
Linear Position Sensors
EVAW7
EV32
15 mm Position Sensors
EVWBE
EV34
EV35
Checklist / Application Notes / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
EV37
10 mm Square GS Encoders
EVQVX
EV40
10 mm Square SMD Encoders
EVQVV
EV42
Edge Drive Jog Encoders
EVQWK
EV44
EVER/U/V/Y
EV46
EVEG/H/K/L
EV49
12 mm Square GS Encoders with Push-on Switch
EVEJB
EV52
16 mm Square Encoders
EVEP/Q
EV54
18 mm Square Encoders (High Rotational Torque)
EVQW
EV56
20/12 mm Center Space Encoders
EVQV6
EV57
EVQWF/VP
EV58
EVQV5
EV59
EVQVN
EV60
EVQV0
EV61
00 Oct. 2012
EV1
Index
EV12
18 mm Square
Rotary Potentiometers
(High Rotation Torque)
(EVCX)
EV22
6FE Square
(EVND)
EV40
(EVQVX)
EV13
EV14
39/20 mm Center Space

(EWVYE, EWVYK, EWVYM) (EWVYG, EWVYH, EWVYJ, EWVYL)
EV30
EV32
10 mm GS Sensors
(EVWAE, EVWAD)

(EVAW7)
EV42
EV44

(EVQVV)
EV49
EV52
(EVEG, EVEH, EVEK, EVEL)
with Push-on Switch
(EVEJB)

(EVQWK)
EV54
(EVEP, EVEQ)
EV20
6FF Square
(EVNCYA)
EV34
(EVWBE)
EV46
(EVER, EVEU, EVEV, EVEY)
EV56
(High Rotational Torque)
(EVQW)
EV2
00 Oct. 2012
Index
EV57
20/12 mm
Center Space Encoders
(EVQV6)
EV58
EV59
27/17 mm
(EVQWF, EVQVP)
27/18 mm
(EVQV5)
EV60
38/25 mm
(EVQVN)
EV61
60/40 mm
(EVQV0)
RoHS Direcives
RoHS Directives : The restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment
The products introduced in this catalog conform to the RoHS Directives* (enforced in July 2006).
(Newly ordered products will conform to the RoHS Directive.)
Please contact our sales staff for inquiries about the RoHS compliance of currently used products.
EV3
00 Oct. 2012
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide ............................................................................................................ EV5

Checklist Before Inquiry .......................................................................................................... EV6
Application Notes ..................................................................................................................... EV7
Common Specifications ........................................................................................................... EV8
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit............................................................................................. EV11
18 mm Square Rotary Potentiometers (High Rotational Torque / EVCX) .......................... EV12
39/20 mm Center Space Rotary Potentiometers (EWVYE, EWVYK, EWVYM) ............... EV13
44/25 mm Center Space Rotary Potentiometers (EWVYG, EWVYH, EWVYJ, EWVYL) ........ EV14
00 Oct. 2012
EV4
Type, Series
Appearance
Nominal Total
Resistance
Taper
Rotation
Angle
Page
Japan
5 k to 100 k 20 %
Custom
design
280
EV12
Part
Country
Numbers of origin
18 mm Square
(High Rotational
Torque)
EVCX
39/20 mm
Center Space
EWVYE
EWVYK
EWVYM
Malaysia
10 k 20 %
300
EV13
44/25 mm
Center Space
EWVYG
EWVYH
EWVYJ
EWVYL
Malaysia
10 k 20 %
300
EV14
EV5
00 Oct. 2012
When you specify Potentiomters, please take advantages of our standard products for better price and
delivery. Please provide the following items before ordering.
Checklist
C-1
C-2
Common
C-3
C-4
C-5
C-6
E-1
Electrical
E-2
E-3
E-4
E-5
E-6
E-7
M-1
Others
Shapes/Dimensions
M-2
Item
Inquiry purpose
Previous supplier
Modification Conventional part No.
Purpose
Equipment
Environment
Application
Temperature
Operation
Method
Adjustment Direction
Driver shape
Method
Mounting
Mounter
Method
Soldering
Conditions
Washing
Circuit
Application
Stereo tone use
Current
Conditions
Rating
Applied current
Total value/Torelance
Resistance
Taper
Range
Tracking
error
Specifications
Tap
Necessity/Position
Other requirements
Size
Shape
Units
Structure
Shape
Shaft/Lever Shape
Type
M-3
Mounting
M-4
Terminals
(Type with bushing)

(
C) to (
C)
General use, Edge drive, Low torque
Manual, Automatic
Top, Bottom, Vertical, Horizontal
Plus/Minus screw slot, Hexagonal driver, Knob (Shape;
)
Manual, Automatic
Panasert (Model:
), Other mounter (Maker/Model:
/
), Parts feeder
Manual soldering, Flow soldering, Reflow soldering
Temp. (
C), Time (
s), Dipping times(
)
Machine, Soaking, Applied solvent (
)
Volume, Tone, Balance, Circuit regulation, Others (
)
General tone, High-cut tone, Bass, Treble
ac, dc
Max. operating power (
W), Operating voltage (
V)
Small current use, Applying current (
mA)
(
%)
) / 20 %, 30 %, Others (
A, B, C, D, G, BH, 15A, 1B, 15C, 10A, 4B, H, Others (
)
(
dB) to (
dB)
(
dB)
Necessary, Unnecessary / 40 %, 50 %, 60 %, Others (
)
14, 16, 18
Single, 1-shaft 2 gang, 1-shaft 3 gang, 1-shaft 4 gang, 2-shaft 2 gang, 2-shaft 3 gang, 2-shaft 4 gang, 2-shaft 5 gang, Others (
Side Adjustment type, Top Adjustment type
F type (flat), S type (slotted), P type (18 teeth serrations)
Bushing, Soldering, Screw mounting, Others (
)
Screw dia.: M6, M7, M9, M10, 3/8 Screw pitch: 0.75 mm, 1.0 mm, 32NEF
Bushing length: 5 mm, 7 mm, 10 mm, 15 mm, 17.5 mm, 20 mm, 22.5 mm,
25 mm, 27.5 mm, 30 mm, 32.5 mm, 35 mm, 37 mm, 39 mm, 42.5 mm
Type
(PWB terminals)
Solder lug, PWB

Length from mounting surface: (
mm), Layout pattern: (
Type
Function
Rating
Terminal type
Detents
Position
Rotary, Pull-Push, Push-ON, Others (

)
SPST, SPDT, DPST, DPDT
Voltage: (
V), Current: (
A), Inrush current: (
Solder lug, PWB (Height from PWB to shaft center:
mm)
1 point, 11 points, 41 points, Others (
points)
Midpoint, at 180 , at 200 , Others (at
)
Additional functions
M-5
Switch
M-6
Detents
L-1
L-2
A)
Notes:
1. When you specify custom types (custom-made), new tooling and jigs, and/or equipment may be required. It will be necessary to confirm your
Previous notations for potentiometer shape Stand-up type (Shaft is parallel to PWB.) and Lay-down type (Shaft is vertical to PWB.) have
been changed in this edition to Horizontal type or Side-adjust type (Shaft or knob is parallel to PWB.) and Vertical type or Top-adjust type
(Shaft or knob is ver tical to PWB.).
EV6
00 Oct. 2012
Application Notes
When using our Rotary Potentiometers, please observe

the following items to prevent dangerous accidents and
1. Prohibited items and notes in design stage

1. Use within the rating
The Power Rating or Maximum Voltage varies with
the size and type of a product. Also, the Power
Rat ing must be reduced according to a Power
Derating Curve. When a potentiometer is used with
a current of less than a few micro-amperes, the
influence of contact resistance increases because of
the circuit diagram. Check the potentiometer under
actual operating conditions.
2. Migration
Some potentiometers cannot be used with dc voltage.
If a potentiometer is to be used with dc voltage,
specify this when ordering, or check the availability
referring to the Product Specifications for Information.
3. Anodization
W hen a potentio meter is
1
3
used with dc voltage under
conditions of high humidity,
the ter mi nal at the side of
2
the wiper (terminal 2) must be
a positive electrode, as shown +
in the figure at right.
4. Recommended Circuit Configuration
It is recommended that you use the variable resistor
for voltage adjustments. If it is used for current
adjustments, then it may be infl uenced by the
contact resistance between the resistor body and
the slide, depending on the target circuit conditions.
Conducting a test under actual operating conditions
is highly recommended.
5. Soldering conditions
When performing solder dipping, check the soldering
conditions according to the Product Specifications
for Information, because the conditions vary with
the product.
Do not wash a potentiometer after solder dipping
because flux may invade the potentiometer, resulting
in contact failure. Avoid use of jumper cables near
the potentiometers because flux may attach to them.
6. Shaft rotation wobble
If the shaft is long, the rotation wobble increases in
proportion to its length. To secure the quality of a
set, we recommend use of the types with a bushing.
7. Operating temperature conditions
Tactile feeling in operation is given serious
consideration, and rotation torque increases under
low temperatures (below 10 C) depending on the
product. If a potentiometer is expected to be used
under low temperatures, specify this in advance.
3. Chemical resistance
Before using a potentiometer with an insulated shaft,
be sure to check the reactivity of the shaft with any
chemicals to be used.
4. Potentiometers with a push lock type switch
Handle the potentiometer with the shaft locked. If a
lateral pressure above 0.4 Nm (4 kgcm) is applied
to the shaft when it is unlocked, the shaft may be
bent.
5. Storage conditions
D o not store the potentio meters under high
temperatures and/or high humidity, or in a location
where corrosive gas may be generated. Store the
po ten ti om e ters at room temperature and room
hu midity in a packed condition. Use them within
a ma x i mum of 6 months. Check the date of
man u facture on the pack age box and apply the
first-in-first-out rule.
If un packed potentiometers must be stored as
inventory, store them in a polyethylene bag to keep
out air.

1. Absolutely avoid use of a potentiometer beyond its
rated range because doing so may cause a fire.
If misuse or abnormal use may result under
conditions in which the potentiometer is used out
of its rated range, take proper measures such as
current interruption using a protective circuit.
2. The grade of nonfl ammability for resin used in
potentiometers is 94HB, which is based on UL94
Prohibit use in a location where a spreading fire may
be generated or prepare against a spreading fire.

Although care is taken to ensure potentiometer
quality, inferior characteristics, short circuits, and
open circuits are some problems that might be
generated. To design a set which places maximum
emphasis on safety, re view the affect of any
sin gle fault of a potentiometer in advance and
per form vir tu al ly fail - safe design to en sure
maximum safety by:
safety so that the single fault of a potentiometer
does not cause a dangerous situation.
For notes on use, the following sources were referred:

Technical report EIAJ RCR-2191A Guideline of
Notabilia for potentiometers for Use in Electronic
Equipment issued by the Japan Electronics and
Information Technology Industries Association
(Issued by March 2002)
2. Prohibited items and notes on handling

1. Terminal clinch
Bending and unbending of terminals after mounting
to a PWB must be one cycle or less. More than one
bending/unbending cycle may result in damage.
2. Stress on the terminals
Do not apply excessive stress to terminals during
handling. Set soldering conditions with consideration
given to stress on the terminals.
Refer to this Technical Report for additional details.

EV7
00 Oct. 2012
Electrical Specifications
1. Taper
Measuring Method
Out-put Voltage between

Terminal 1 & 2
100(%)
Operating Voltage between
Terminal 1 & 3
Taper
Out-put Voltage between

Terminal 2 & 3
100(%)
Operating Voltage between
Terminal 1 & 3
Effective Rotation Angle
EIAJ
Panasonic
50 %
50 %
15A
10 to 25
1B
40 to 60
15C
10 to 25
10A
6 to 15
4B
40 to 60
BH
Linear taper
Notes:
1. Angle from terminal 3 side.
2. (
) is per JIS (Japanese Industrial Standard). Unless otherwise
specified, we consider it at 50 % rotation, however, upon request
above JIS can be applied.
3. [
] is only reference value.
EV8
00 Oct. 2012
Standard Taper
50 % Tap B (1BM), For volume control B (3BM), G (4BM)
100
A (15A), D (10A)
Output Voltage from Terminal 1-2

100 (%)
Applied Voltage at Terminal 1-3

100 (%)
100
80
60
40
A (15A)
20
D (10A)
0
20
40
60
80
80
60
40
G (4BM)
B (1BM)
20
For volume control B (3BM)
0
100
20
40
B (1B), G (4B), For volume control B (3B)
100
20
100

100 (%)

100 (%)
80
C (15C)
100
80
60
40
B (1B)
G (4B)
20
For volume control B (3B)
0
60
20
40
60
80
80
60
40
20
C (15C)
0
100
100
80
60
40
BH (1H, 2H)

100 (%)
100
80
60
BH-1 (1H)
40
BH-2 (2H)
20
Terminal 1
20
40
60
Sliding Position (%)
80
100
Terminal 3
EV9
00 Oct. 2012
2. Tracking
The tracking should be calculated as follows.
Tracking (dB)=20 log (VR2/VR1)
Where:
VR1= Voltage between terminal 1 & 2 of section R1
VR2= Voltage between terminal 1 & 2 of section R2
Test voltage between terminal 1 & 3
shall be 2 V to 5 V (1000200 Hz).
VR2
VR1
In case of a potentiometer with a tap, the mea sure ment should be made by con nect ing a fi xed resistor
between tap terminal and terminal 1. Unless otherwise specified, tolerance of the fixed resistor shall be 10 %.
If your requirements different, inform us of your specifications.
Mechanical Specifications
1. Shaft Angle
Shaft angle against mounting surface shall be 90 . Shaft bend and shaft wobble shall be aL/30 (mm) max.
when 50 mNm moment applied to the measuring point of shaft.
Where:
a= Constant Value as shown below
L= Distance between mounting surface and measuring point on the shaft
Size
Shaft material
Shaft
wobble (a)
Shape & Type

Without switch
0.3 mm
Metal shaft
14 mm square
18 mm square
(Common)
Bending
moment
1-shaft type
With push switch
0.5 mm
50 mNm
Insulated
shaft
With bushing
Single
0.5 mm
Snap-in
0.7 mm
2. Nut Tightening Torque

When nut is tightened as specified below, unevenness of shaft rotation shall not occur.
1.0 mm min.
+0.4
D +0.1
Recommended
chassis piercing plan
Bushing Dia., etc.
Tightening Strength
M7 to M9
1.0 Nm
Mounted State
EV10
00 Oct. 2012
Type, Series
Quantity/
Carton
Minimum
Quantity/
Packing Unit
Part No.
Packaging
18 mm Square
(High Rotational Torque )
EVCX
Tray Pack
800 pcs.
80 pcs.

EWVYE
EWVYK
EWVYM
Tray Pack
250 pcs.
50 pcs.

EWVYG
EWVYH
EWVYJ
EWVYL
Tray Pack
250 pcs.
50 pcs.
Notes
: With bushing : L=L+7.5 mm
EV11
00 Oct. 2012
Rotary Potentiometers/EVCX
18 mm Square Rotary Potentiometers
Type:
EVCX
Features

Output accuracy (3 %)
Potentiometers and encoders available in the same
Function switching/adjusting for control panels of car

air conditioners
Signal input for monitors, audio/visual equipment
shape and dimensions

1
Product Code
Specifications
10
Shaft Trims & Dimensions
11
12
Taper & Resistance
Specifications
Type
Top Adjustment type, with or without bushing

Rotation Angle
280
Rotation Torque
20 mNm to 100 mNm
Mechanical
Detent Pitch
10 to 30
Shaft Stopper Strength
0.8 Nm min.
Nominal Total Resistance
5 k to 100 k (Tolerance 20 %)
Power Rating
0.05 W
Potentiometers Type
Single, Dual
Electrical
100 M min. at 250 Vdc
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Noise Level
100 mV max.
Endurance
Operating Life
15000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/ Packing Unit
80 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/ Carton
800 pcs.
7.0
9.0
(3.8)
9.0
6.5
0.4
C
0
0.6 0.3
(1.5)
R0.1
2.80.2
4.4
18.01.0
19.60.7
Custom design
(2.4)
+0.1
0
+0.1
7-0.8 0
(2.1)
(1.5)
(1.4)
4-0.7
0.
M8 P=0.75
Pot.case attaching part

0
2-17.4 0.1
2-13.00.2
4-1.6
6-2.0

(Pitch tolerance:0.1)
PWB thickness t=1.6
EV12
2-5.10.3
8.0
18.0
18.5 max.
(3.5)
5
0
4.5 0.1
0
6 0.15
Non-effective thread 1.0 max.
14.8
(0.7)
9.5
(R1.
7
Mounting surface
2-60.3
5 ho
le)
00 Oct. 2012
Rotary Potentiometers/EWVYE/K/M
Type:
EWVYE/EWVYK/EWVYM
Features
Outer diameter: 39 mm, Center space diameter: 20 mm

Can have a built-in LED
Smooth operation feel
Temperature/blower control or mode switching for car

air conditioners
Volume control for car audio equipment

1
Product Code
Type
10
Design No.
11
12
Taper & Resistance
Specifications
Rotation Angle
Rotation Torque (Detents Torque)
Taper
Power Rating
Residual Resistance
Electrical
Linearity
Noise Level
Endurance
Operating Life
Quantity/Carton
300
15 mNm to 50 mNm
10 k (Tolerance 20 %)
B
0.1 W
100 max.
50 M min. (250 Vdc)
3 % max.
47 mV max.
30000 cycles min.
50 pcs. (Tray Pack)
250 pcs.
Mechanical

+0.2
3 0
R10.6+0.3
0
Y'
+0
2-R12.5 0.3
13
2-20.1
+0.2
2-3 0
4-8
9
17.5
7.5
280.15
44
4-R10.8
28
3.5
Error proofing pin
39.30.3
27+0.1
0.2
4-8
15 15
Error proofing pin
4-4
2-2.7+0.1
0
2-2+0.1
0
2 +0.05
0
#1
#2
#3
3-0.60.1
2
Cross Section Y-Y'
40.5
2.6
2-R1
3-0.8+0.1
0
R19.30.05
38.40.05
2 +0.05
0
140.05
280.05
33.70.05
4-R13
2-2.50.15
0.30.1
19.70.35
2.
20.8
.3
+00
2-4
+0.2
0.1
2-1.5
+0.2
0
+0.5
20 0.1
2-1.3 0
+0.2
4 0
+0
2-2
21.2 +0.6
0
3-2.6 +0.3
0
39
2-3.5
2-2 0.1
3-4
+0.3
1.2 0
3
45
#1 #2 #3
2

P.W.B thickness t=1.6
EV13
00 Oct. 2012
Rotary Potentiometers/EWVYG/H/J/L
Type:
EWVYG/EWVYH/EWVYJ/EWVYL
Features
Outer diameter: 44 mm, Center space diameter: 25 mm

Can have a built-in LED
Smooth operation feel
Temperature/blower control or mode switching for car

air conditioners
Volume control for car audio equipment

1
Product Code
Type
10
Design No.
11
12
Taper & Resistance
Specifications
Rotation Angle
Rotation Torque
(Detents Torque)
Taper
Power Rating
Residual Resistance
Electrical
Linearity
Noise Level
Endurance
Operating Life
Quantity/Carton
300
Mechanical
15 mNm to 60 mNm
10 k (Tolerance 20 %)
B
0.1 W
100 max.
50 M min. (250 Vdc)
3 % max.
47 mV max.
30000 cycles min.
50 pcs. (Tray Pack)
250 pcs.
2-2+0
0.1
3-4
Cross Section Y-Y'
(7.05) (0.9)
LED
31 +0
0.6
0.2
R15.15
40
.1
Detail of rotational shaft
2 +0.05
0
Shaft Center
K
#1 #2
2-4
2-8
20
0.2
R15.5 +0
0
0.2
R1
5.5 +
A
5-0.60.1
2 2 #3
4 4
45.5
4 +0.1
05
0.
1.8
R2
1.51.5 Error proofing pin

2-2 +0.1
0
Mounting Surface
(0.25)
Cross section D-D'
LED part
3 20 3
.5
D'
D
30
.1
1
3
45
32.5
A
#3
Vcc
Vcc
Element circuit
diagram
2.6
C
0.
3
45
0.5 2
3.5
17.5
R15.15
3
R13.
44.5
8.5
330.15
LED
4-
.6
+0 0
2-20.1
2-3 +0.2
0
12.6
23.80.2
K
#1
#2
0.15
X'
Y'
3-2.6+0.3
0
21.5
22.15
7.05 0.9
Part of top
for light pipe
2-2.50.15
1.2 +0.3
0
25
50.2
Error proofing pin
5-0.8+0.1
0
2-2.7 +0.1
0
43.50.05
+0.05
2R1.1
2 0
4
2 2
K#1#2#3A

P.W.B thickness t=1.6
EV14
330.05
22.150.05 16.50.05
8 3.5
44
.2
26
15.60.3
23.2
23.80.2
0.30.1
3.2+0.15
0
1.6+0.15
0
00 Oct. 2012
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide .......................................................................................................... EV16

Application Notes ....................................................................................................................EV17
Common Specifications ......................................................................................................... EV18
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit............................................................................................ EV19
6FF Square Trimmer Potentiometers (EVNCYA) .............................................................. EV20
6FE Square Trimmer Potentiometers (EVND) ..................................................................... EV22
00 Oct. 2012
EV15

Type, Series
Appearance
6FF Square
6FE Square
Part
Numbers
Country of
origin
EVNCYA
Malaysia
EVND
Nominal
Total Resistance
Malaysia
1 k
2 k
5 k
10 k
20 k
50 k
100 k
200 k
500 k
1 M
Taper
Rotation Angle
Page
EV20
210
EV22
EV16
00 Oct. 2012
Application Notes
When using our Trimmer Potentiometers, please observe

the following cautionary items to prevent dangerous
accidents and deterioration of device performance.

1. Use within the rating
The affect of the ambient temperature on trimmer
po ten ti om e ters cannot be ignored. When using
under a high temperature, reduce the load according
to the Power Derating Curve.
2. Handling trimmer potentiometers
D o not apply excessive stress to a trim mer
potentiometer after mounting to a PWB.
3. Anodization
1
3
W he n dc is applied to a
wiper (terminal 2), anodization

2
may occur at the con tact
part of the wiper with the resistive +
element, resulting in abnormal
resistance variation. When dc is used, to prevent
an od iza tion, the re sis tive el e ment should be
connected to the negative side and the wip er
should be connected to the positive side, as shown
in the figure at right.
4. Recommended Circuit Configuration
It is recommended that you use the variable resistor
for voltage adjustments. If it is used for current
adjustments, then it may be infl uenced by the
contact resistance between the resistor body and
the slide, depending on the target circuit conditions.
Conducting a test under actual operating conditions
is highly recommended.
1) Perform soldering for a short time on a trim mer
potentiometer. Extended soldering time, par ticularly
under high temperature, may result in deterioration
of the device.
The soldering temperature must be below 260C,
and soldering time within 5 seconds, and the load
on a terminal must be less than 5 N.
2) When performing solder dipping of PWB piercing
type trimmer potentiometers, dry the flux suf ficiently
before solder dipping. (If the flux is not dried, it may
contaminate the trimmer and affect characteristics.)
3) Do not wash a trimmer potentiometer after solder
dip ping because fl ux may invade it, resulting in
contact failure. Avoid a placement of a jumper cable
where flux remains near the main body of a trimmer
potentiometer.
2. Operational direction
Since the stopper strength at the rear side is
35 mNm, which is smaller than at the front side,
op eration for adjustment from the front side is
recommended.
3. Operating temperature range
Use in the range of 20 C to +70 C.
4. Storage temperature
Store in the range of 40 C to +75 C.

1. Absolutely avoid use of a trimmer potentiometer
beyond its rated range because doing so may cause
a fire. If improperly used, the trimmer potentiometer
may be operated out of its rated range, take proper
mea sures such as current interruption using a
protective circuit.
trimmer potentiometers is 94HB, which is based
on UL94 Standards (fl ammability test for plastic
materials). Prohibit use in a location where a spreading
fire may be generated or prepare against a spreading
fire.

Although care is taken to ensure trimmer potentiometer
quality, short and open circuit are some problems
that may occur. Design a circuit which plac es
maximum em phasis on safety, review the affect
of any single fault of a trimmer potentiometer in
advance and per form vir tually fail-safe design to
2. preparing a redundant circuit to improve
system safety so that the single fault of a trimmer
potentiometer does not cause a dangerous
situation.
For notes on use, the following sources were referred:

Technical report EIAJ RCR-2191A Guideline of
Notabilia for potentiometers for Use in Electronic
Equipment issued by the Japan Electronics and
Information Technology Industries Association
(Issued by March 2002)
Refer to this Technical Report for additional details.
2. Cautionary notes regarding handling

1. Storage
Do not store trimmer po ten ti om e ters under high
temperatures and /or conditions of high humidity,
or in a lo ca tion where corrosive gas may be
gen er at ed. In par tic u lar, when storing for long
periods, do not unpack the trimmer potentiometers
Store in its original packaging.

EV17
00 Oct. 2012

Electrical Specifications
1. Nominal Total Resistance and Tolerance
Tolerance
(%)
Type
6 mm Square
Carbon Composition
1 k
2 k
5 k
10 k
20 k
50 k
100 k
200 k
500 k
1 M
2. Power Rating and Voltage Rating

2-1. Power Rating
When the ambient temperature is within the following
parameter (see table below), the maximum operating
voltage which can be applied between terminal 1 and
3 is as follows. For potentiometers operated in ambient
tem pera tures above 50 C, Power Rating shall be
derated in accordance with the figure below.
30
Power Derating Curve
Type
Power
Rating
(W)
Max. Operating Voltage

(V)
Ambient
Temperature
(C)
6 mm Square
Carbon Composition
0.1
R < 500 k: 50, R > 500 k: 25
50 max.
Rated Load(%)
100
80
60
40
33
20
0
20
40
60 70
Ambient Temperature (C)
80
2-2.Voltage Rating
E=PR
E=Voltage rating (V)

P=Power rating (W)
R=Nominal total resistance ()
The voltage rating should be maximum operating
voltage when E shall exceed max i mum operating
voltage shown in the table.
Packaging Specifications for Radial Taping

Drawing-out of taped products
Pull-strength of taped products

A
Adhesive tape side (Top-adjust type)
19 mm
Adhesive tape side (side-adjust type)
Drawing-out can be from top or bottom of inner carton.
Taped products shall not be fully drawn-out from the

tape when pulling off in direction A at 5.0 N max.
Taped products shall not be drawn-out from the tape
when pulling off in direction B at 1.0 N for 3 seconds.
EV18
00 Oct. 2012

Quantity/
Carton
Minimum
Quantity/
Packing Unit
Type, Series
Part No.
Packaging

Type: EVNCYA
EVNCYA
Radial Taping
(Reel Pack)
10000 pcs.
1000 pcs.
EVND2A
EVND8A
Polyethylene
Bag
(Bulk)
5000 pcs.
500 pcs.
EVNDJA
EVNDXA
EVNDCA
Radial Taping
(Reel Pack)
10000 pcs.
1000 pcs.
Notes

Type: EVND
EV19
00 Oct. 2012
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers/EVNCYA

Type:
EVNCYA
Features
Box-shaped, automatic mounting

Radial taping supported
High reliability (dustproof structure)
Audio Visual Equipment, Home Electrical Appliances

1
10
Product Code
Structure
Material Special Knob Trims & Knob Length
11
12
Taper & Resistance
Specifications
Electrical
Specifications
Taper
Rating
R < 500 k : 0.1 W 50 V (50 C)

R>500 k : 0.1 W 25 V (50 C)
Residual Resistance
Mechanical
Specifications
1 k, 2 k, 5 k, 10 k, 20 k, 50 k, 100 k, 200 k, 500 k, 1 M
1 k < R <2 k : 60 max.

2 k<R <1 M : 3 % max., or 200 max. whichever smaller
Rotation Angle
210 20
Rotation Torque
2 mNm to 25 mNm
Stopper Strength
Surface : 50 mNm, reverse side : 35 mNm
Operating Life
Resistance to Soldering Heat
100 cycles
240 C to 280 C : 5 s max., 280 C to 300 C : 3 s max.
Resistance to Damp
After 350 hours : R <100 k+15 % 0 %,

: 100 k<R <1 M+20 % 0 %
Endurance under Damp
After 350 hours : 1.5 h ON 0.5 h OFF

: R <100 k15 %,
: 100 k<R <1 M20 %
Endurance under High Temperature
70 C3 C After 250 hours +5 %, 15 %
Endurance
Quantity/Carton
10000 pcs.
Note : R=Nominal Total Resistance

EV20
00 Oct. 2012
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers/EVNCYA
6.4
12.71.0
0.30.1
0.80.1

Resistance
#2
1 max.
1 max.
1.3 max.
#3
2-1.00.5
3.000.05
(0.25)
4
2-0.5 +0.1
0
0.8
Circuit diagram
1.6 max.
0.80.1
3 max.
1.3 +0.1
0
(2.5)
2-1.0 0.1
0
5.000.05
6
18.0 +1.0
0.5
A
#2
6.351.30
P=12.7
The pattern foil of PWB shall

not be in this dotted square
area.
A
A Cross section
EV21
0.6
1.5 max.
CW
#1
2 max.
4.45 min.
3.850.70
5.0 +0.8
0.2
21.00.5
6.35
Mounting
surface
Adhesive tape
Adhesive tape shall not
be over from base paper.
6.00.5
9.00.5
(1.2)
6.35
#3
(1.95)
#1
0.30.1
0.25
7.8
3.2
1.3 max.
00 Oct. 2012
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers/EVND

Type:
EVND
Features
Top-adjust or side-adjust available

Radial taping supported
High reliability (dustproof construction)
Audio Visual Equipment, Home Electrical Appliances

1
Product Code
Structure
10
Material Special Knob Trims & Knob Length
11
12
Taper & Resistance
Specifications
Electrical
Specifications
Taper
Rating
R < 500 k : 0.1 W 50 V (50 C)

R>500 k : 0.1 W 25 V (50 C)
Residual Resistance
Mechanical
Specifications
1 k, 2 k, 5 k, 10 k, 20 k, 50 k, 100 k, 200 k, 500 k, 1 M
1 k < R <2 k : 60 max.

2 k<R <1 M : 3 % max., or 200 max. whichever smaller
Rotation Angle
210 20
Rotation Torque
2 mNm to 25 mNm
Stopper Strength
Surface : 75 mNm, reverse side : 35 mNm
Operating Life
Resistance to Soldering Heat
100 cycles
240 C to 280 C : 5 s max., 280 C to 300 C : 3 s max.
Resistance to Damp
After 350 hours : R <100 k+15 % 0 %,

: 100 k<R <1 M+20 % 0 %
Endurance under Damp
After 350 hours : 1.5 h ON 0.5 h OFF

: R <100 k15 %,
: 100 k<R <1 M20 %
Endurance under High Temperature
70 C3 C After 250 hours +5 %, 15 %
Endurance
Quantity/Carton
EVND2A, EVND8A : 500 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)

EVNDJA, EVNDXA, EVNDCA : 1000 pcs. Radial Taping (Reel Pack)
EVND2A, EVND8A : 5000 pcs.
EVNDJA, EVNDXA, EVNDCA : 10000 pcs.
Note : R=Nominal Total Resistance

EV22
00 Oct. 2012

Side-adjust ............................................................................................................................................................. EVND2A
No. 1
Marking
4.65
6.4
2.5
CW
#1
5.0
0.4
3.8 4.5
0.75
+0.1
0
3-1.0
1.7
0.75
#1 #2
#3
3-0.80.1
2.5 2.5
Knob color
0.6
0.80.1
3.2
1.2
#2
Circuit diagram
Adjusting
direction
Mounting
surface
1.85
#3

Orange yellow
Top-adjust ............................................................................................................................................................... EVND8A

No. 2
#1 #3
6.35
3-1.0+0.1
0
CW
1.7
3.50.5
Mounting
surface
5.0
0.75
3.2
3-0.80.1
0.75
1.2
0.3
0.80.1
3.5 3.2
Marking
6.4
#2
0.6
5.00.2
5.0
#1
#3
#2
Circuit diagram

Knob color
Orange yellow
EV23
00 Oct. 2012

Radial Taping Products
(1.2)
Mounting
surface
(2.5)
2-1.0+0.1
0
2 max.
A
PWB mounting
hole for reference
5.000.05
2-0.85
2-0.5+0.1
0
0.8+0.1
3.850.70
5.0+0.8
0
4.4 min.
21.00.5
1.6 max.
3 max.
3.00.3
0.30.1
1.3+0.1
0
A A Section
Adhesive tape shall
not be over from
base paper.
(1.7)
0.25
0.6
(0.25)
21.00.5
3.000.05
#3
1.3 max.
4.00.3
6.351.30 P=12.70.3

area.
CW
#1
18.0+1.0
0.5
3.2
0.30.1
#1
12.71.0
1.3 max.
1 max.
6.35
#2
1 max.
6.00.5
9.00.5
Resistance
1.2
3.5 3.2
0.80.1
6.4
0.60.3
1.5 max.
Top-adjust ............................................................................................................................................................... EVNDJA

No. 3
#3
#2
Circuit diagram
Knob color
Orange yellow
Top-adjust ...............................................................................................................................................................EVNDXA
No. 4
EIAJ RC-1008 shall be applied
2 (2.5)
21.0+0.1
0
4
0.6
(0.25)
5.000.05
6
3.0+0.5
0.2
0.3
(0.25)
5.00.8 3.850.70
0.60.3
1.5 max.
2 max.

area.
4.00.3
6.351.30

Knob color
Adhesive tape
18.0+1.0
0.5
1.3+0.1
0
1.6 max.
0.80.1
3.000.05
2-0.85
2-0.5+0.1
0
A A Section
Adhesive tape shall
not be over from
base paper.
6.00.5
9.00.5
#3
3.00.3
2-1.00.5
#1
#3
#2
Circuit diagram
Mounting surface
Mounting
surface
0.30.1
1.3 max.
(1.7)
6.350.30
CW
#1
1.3 max.
12.71.0
0.5
3.2
to items not specified here.
1 max.
(11)
1 max.
20.00.5
Resistance
1.2
3.5 3.2
0.80.1
6.4
#2
P=12.70.3
Orange yellow
Side-adjust ............................................................................................................................................................ EVNDCA

No. 5
2.500.35
0.3
0.60.3
1.5 max.
A
0.80.1
0.5+0.1
2.2
0
3.850.70 5.00.8
2 max.
Adhesive tape
5.000.05
PWB mounting hole

for reference
12.70.3
Knob color
400.3
A Section
Adhesive tape shall

not be over from
base paper.
18.0+1.0
0.5
0.80.1
4.5
8
(0.5)
Mounting
surface
6.00.5
9.00.5
1.3 max. 1.3 max.

6.351.30
12.71.0
6.4
Resistance
0.9
1 max.
20.00.5
3
2.500.05
1.3+0.1
0
2-1.0+0.1
0
0.3
0.9
6.8
3.4 3.4
(1.95)
#3
#2
Circuit diagram
3.2
(1.95)
CW
#1
1 max.
(2.05)
1.7
Orange yellow
EV24
00 Oct. 2012
Position Sensors
CONTENTS
Page

Checklist Before Inquiry ........................................................................................................ EV27
Application Notes ................................................................................................................... EV28
10 mm GS Sensors (EVWAE, EVWAD) .............................................................................. EV30
Linear Position Sensors (EVAW7) ........................................................................................ EV32
15 mm Position Sensors (EVWBE) ...................................................................................... EV34
00 Oct. 2012
EV25
Position Sensors
Type, Series
Appearance
10 mm GS
Sensors
Part
Numbers
EVWAE
EVWAD
Country of
origin
Total Resistance
5 k 30 %
Japan
Linear
Position
Sensors
EVAW7
Malaysia
15 mm
Position
Sensors
EVWBE
Vietnam
10 k 30 %
4.7 k 30 %
10 k 30 %
10.5 k 30 %
21 k 30 %
Linearity
Life
Page
2 %
1000000 cycles
EV30
1 %
2 %
10000 cycles
EV32
2 %
100000 cycles
EV34
EV26
00 Oct. 2012
Position Sensors
When specifying Position Sensors, please take advantage of our standard products for better price and delivery.
Please provide the following items before ordering.
Checklist
C-1
Inquiry purpose
New use, Modification, Others(
Current supplier
Others
Shapes/
Dimensions
Electrical
Common
C-2
Modification
Current part No.

Purpose
Equipment
C-3
Application
Environment
Temperature
C-4
Mounting
C-5
Soldering
E-1
Conditions
E-2
Resistance
Method
Method
Conditions
C) to (
Manual soldering, Flow soldering

Temp. (
C), Time (
Current
Total value/Torelance
Taper
s), Dipping times(
ac, dc
(
) / 20 %, 30 %, Others (
Taper
E-3
C)
Manual, Automatic
%)
Linearity
1 %, 0.5 %, Others (
Hysteresis
%)
%)
E-4
Other requirements
M-1
Shape
M-2
Shaft
Shape
M-3
Mounting
Type
PWB Soldering, Screw
M-4
Terminals
Type
PWB
L-1
L-2
Type
Rotary
Slide
Size
10.0 mm, 15 mm
8.0 mm, 9.0 mm
Notes:
EV27
00 Oct. 2012
Position Sensors
Application Notes
4. For use in equipment requiring high degrees of safety
When using our Position Sensors, please observe

the following cautionary items to prevent dangerous
accidents and deterioration of device performance.
Although care is taken to ensure position sensor

quality, short circuits, or open circuits are some
problems that may occur. To design a circuit which
places maximum emphasis on safety, review the
affect of any single fault of a position sensor in
advance and perform virtually fail-safe design to
safety so that the single fault of a position sensor
does not cause a dangerous situation.

1) Soldering must be performed to the lead of the
terminals. Do not solder on the center (eyelet part)
of the terminals.
Eyelet
Lead
2) Perform soldering only one time. When a product

fo r w hich s o ldering has be en c o mpleted is
removed from PWB by sodering iron, etc., the
product shall not be used again.
3) Do not wash a position sensor after soldering
be cause fl ux may invade the position sensor,
re sult ing in con tact failure, Avoid use of jumper
cables near the position sensors because flux may
get attached to them.
4) Any soldering iron used must be 20 W to 30 W, the
temperature must be less than 300 C, and within 3
seconds.

Specifications for additional information.

1. Operating temperature range
Use in the range of 10 C to +70 C
2. Storage temperature
Store in the range of 40 C to +70 C
Do not store the position sensors under high
temperatures and/or high humidity, or in a location
where corrosive gas may be present. Store the
mount ed sensors at a room temperature and
humidity in its original packaging. Use them within
6 months. Check the date of manufacture on the
package box and apply the first-in-first-out rule.
If un packed position sensors must be stored as
inventory, store them in a polyethylene bag to keep
out air.
3. Cautionary notes regarding fire and smoking

1. Absolutely avoid use of a position sensor beyond its
rated range, it could cause a fire and abnormality.
Take proper measures such as current interruption
using a protective circuit.
position sensors is 94HB, which is based on UL94
Standards (flammability test for plastic materials).
Prohibit use in a location where a spreading fire may
be generated or prepare against a spreading fire.
EV28
00 Oct. 2012
Position Sensors
Type, Series
Part No.
Packaging
10 mm GS Sensors
EVWAE
EVWAD
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
EVAW7
Quantity/
Carton
Minimum
Quantity/
Packing Unit
6000 pcs.
1500 pcs.
2000 pcs.
3000 pcs.
200 pcs.
300 pcs.
500 pcs.
50 pcs.
Notes
(8 mm Type)
(9 mm Type)
Tray Pack
EVWBE
EV29
00 Oct. 2012
Position Sensors/EVWAE/D
10 mm GS Sensors
Type:
EVWAE/EVWAD
Low profile, long life sensor, which is suitable for

detecting the angles of rotating axes.
Features
Low profile (H=2.2 mm),

Shaft hole diameters of up to 4 mm are available.
Long operation life: 1 million operation cycles.

A wide electrical output angle of a maximum 343 ,
ready for SMDs
Detection of robot joint angles

Detection of air conditioner damper angles
Detection of various control unit angles

1
E
D
Product Code
10
11
12
Specification
Taper & Resistance

Shaft Type 7th, 8th, 9th
001
D hole Type
002
H hole Type
Specifications
Rating
0.05 W, 5V
Mechanical
Operating Force
3 mNm max.
Total Resistance
5 k30 %, 10 k30 %
Electrical
Linearity
Endurance
2 % max.
Operating Life
1000000 cycles min. (operation Angle 30 )
Quantity/Carton
6000 pcs.
EV30
00 Oct. 2012
Position Sensors/EVWAE/D
No. 1
EVWA
With sleeve Type
+0
0 .05
Mounting surface
0.8
.1
1
7.0
+0.05
0
1.1
#2
#3
#2
#1
3-1
2.5
2.5
#1 #2 #3
0.1
6)
9.0
.2
.3
7.2
8.7
ax
7.35
5 0.1
5.3
.1
6.7
Sleeve
#2
#2
5.2
0.2
2.6
0.2
Marking
#1 #2 #3
1.2
3-1.4
8.4
2.2
2.5
10.6
2.5
9.40.05
Circuit diagram

0
2-10.1
9.4
Shaft Type
D Type
2.8
H Type
.1
+0
0
.1
+0
0
+0.1
0
+0.1
0
2.970.05
5
2-R0.1 : 0.5
Length
Shaft Type
7th, 8th, 9th
D Type
001
H Type
002
No. 2
EVWA
Without sleeve Type
+0
0 .05
Mounting surface
#1 #2 #3
7.0
5.2
.3
1
#2
#3
#2
#1
9.0
+0.05
0
1.1
6.7
5.3
7.35
8.7
.1
#2
#2
0.2
7.2
2.6
0.1
3-1
2.5
2.5
0.2
Marking
#1 #2 #3
1.2
3-1.4
8.4
2.2
2.5
10.6
2.5
80.05
Circuit diagram

2-10.1
Shaft Type
D Type
8.0
H Type
.1
+0
0
.1
+0
0
5
2-R0.1 : 0.5
Length
2.970.05
+0.1
0
+0.1
0
2.8
Shaft Type
7th, 8th, 9th
D Type
001
H Type
002
EV31
00 Oct. 2012
Position Sensors/EVAW7
Linear Position Sensors (for reference only)
Type:
EVAW7
Features
A wide variety of operation strokes

Long life and high resolution
Car headlight angle detection sensor
Explanation Part Numbers
Product Code
10
11
12
B
Specifications
Lever Trims & Dimensions
Taper & Resitance
Specifications
EVAW7
9.0 mm0.5 mm
8.0 mm0.5 mm
2 N max.
1 N max.
2 %
1 %
Total Resistance
10 k30 %
4.7 k 30 %
Voltage Rating
5 Vdc max.
12 Vdc max.
Stroke
Mechanical
Operating Force
Linearity
Electrical
Taper
Endurance
Operating Life

Quantity/Carton
B
10000 cycles min.
10000 cycles min.
3000 pcs.
2000 pcs.
EV32
00 Oct. 2012
Position Sensors/EVAW7
No. 1
EVAW7
9.0 mm Stroke Type
15.8
Potentiometer circuit diagram
2.75
3.8
3.0
9.0
#1
#3
#2
t=0.35
3-0.6
t=0.3
2-2.5
No. 2
EVAW7
8.0 mm Stroke Type
10
4
Potentiometer circuit diagram
C
0.
#3
MECHANICAL STROKE
#1
5
#2
3.4
15
.0
2
0.3
#2
1.5
#1
#3
0.6
(3)
1.55
(5)
11.6
EV33
00 Oct. 2012
Position Sensors/EVWBE
15 mm Position Sensors (for reference only)
Type:
EVWBE
Features
Simple dustproof structure achieved by insert molding

of the resistor element
Connector terminals
Long life and high resolution
Temperature and air fl ow and mode control for

automotive climate control systems
Explanation Part Numbers

1
Product Code
Specifications
10
Lever Trims & Dimensions
11
12
Taper & Resitance
Specifications
EVWBE1
Mechanical
EVWBE2
Rotation Angle
Endless
Rotation Torque
15 mNm max.
Voltage Rating
5 Vdc
Total Resistance
Electrical
10.5 k30 %
10.5 k 30 %
21 k30 %
100
150
250
Rotation Angle
Taper
B
2 % max.
Linearity
Endurance
EVWBE3
Operating Life
100000 cycles min.
50 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton
500 pcs.

0.7
15
15
2.5
4.2
3.5
.5
4
0.
7
#3
R2
CW
2.5
#2
(1.7)
Wiper
2-4
23
28.17
2-14
9.5
+5V
(2.95)
#1
Ground
C
0.
0.
C
R1
Circuit diagram
7.15
3-1
2.54
2.54
8
EV34
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders
CONTENTS
Page

Checklist Before Inquiry ........................................................................................................ EV37
Application Notes ................................................................................................................... EV38
10 mm Square GS Encoders (EVQVX) ............................................................................... EV40
10 mm Square SMD Encoders (EVQVV) ............................................................................ EV42
Edge Drive Jog Encoders (EVQWK).................................................................................... EV44
11 mm Square GS Encoders (EVER, EVEU, EVEV, EVEY) .............................................. EV46
12 mm Square GS Encoders (EVEG, EVEH, EVEK, EVEL) .............................................. EV49
12 mm Square GS Encoders with Push-on Switch (EVEJB) ............................................. EV52
16 mm Square Encoders (EVEP/EVEQ) .............................................................................. EV54
18 mm Square Encoders (High Rotational Torque / EVQW).............................................. EV56
20/12 mm Center Space Encoders (EVQV6) ...................................................................... EV57
27/17 mm Center Space Encoders (EVQWF, EVQVP) ....................................................... EV58
38/25 mm Center Space Encoders (EVQVN) ..................................................................... EV60
00 Oct. 2012
EV35
Encoders
Type, Series
Appearance
Part
Country
Numbers of origin
Resolution
Detents
Operating Life
Page
10 mm Square GS
EVQVX
China
12 Pulses/360
24 Points
200000 Cycles EV40
10 mm Square SMD
EVQVV
Japan
3 Pulses/360
Without
detents
70000 Cycles EV42
Edge Drive Jog
EVQWK
Japan
15 Pulses/360
15 Points
100000 Cycles EV44
11 mm Square GS
EVER
EVEU
EVEV
EVEY
Japan
Vietnam
8, 12, 15, 16
Pulses/360
16 Points,
24 Points,
30 Points,
32 Points
30000 Cycles EV46
12 mm Square GS
EVEG
EVEH
EVEK
EVEL
Malaysia
12, 20, 24
Pulses/360
12 mm square GS
(with Push-on Switch)
EVEJB
Vietnam
20 Pulses/360
16 mm Square
EVEP
EVEQ
Japan
8, 16 Pulses/360
Vietnam
18 mm square
EVQW
Japan
Absolute 5 bit
Custom
15000 Cycles EV56
20/12 mm
Center Space
EVQV6
Vietnam
9 Pulses/360
18 Points
30000 Cycles EV57
27/17 mm
Center Space
EVQWF
EVQVP
Japan
9, 15 Pulses/360
18 Points,
30 Points
30000 Cycles EV58
27/18 mm
Center Space
EVQV5
Vietnam 9, 15 Pulses/360
18 Points,
30 Points
30000 Cycles EV59
38/25 mm
Center Space
EVQVN
Malaysia
15 Pulses/360
30 Points
30000 Cycles EV60
60/40 mm
Center Space
EVQV0
Japan
15 Pulses/360
30 Points
30000 Cycles EV61
12 Points,
30000 Cycles
20 Points,
(Heavy-rotation
EV49
24 Points,
torque
15000
cycles)
Without detents
20 Points
30000 Cycles EV52
16 Points,
32 Points
1000000 Cycles
EV54
30000 Cycles
EV36
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders
When specifying Encoders, please take advantage of our standard products for better price and delivery.
Please provide the following items before ordering.
Checklist
C-1
Inquiry purpose
C-2
Modification
New use, Modification, Others(
Current supplier
Current Part No.
Purpose
Common
Equipment
C-3
Application
Environment
Temperature
Operation
C-4
Adjustmemt
C-5
Mounting
C-6
Soldering
Electrical
Shapes/Dimensions
C)
Manual, Automatic
Manual, Automatic
Mounter
Conditions
Circuit
Rating
E-2
Conditions
E-3
Encoders
E-4
Other requirements
M-1
Shape
M-2
Shaft
M-3
Mounting
M-4
Terminals
M-5
Additional function
Applied current
Output Signal
Panasert(Model:
), Other mounter(Maker/Model:
),Parts feeder Magazine
Manual soldering, Flow soldering, Reflow soldering

Temp. (
C), Time (
s), Dipping times(
Volume, Tone, Balance, Circuit regulation, Others(

Max. operating power(
W), Operating voltage(
Small current use, Applying current(
8, 9, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24, Pulse, Others/360
Type
Rotary, Others(
Size
10.0 mm, 11.0 mm, 12.0 mm, 16.0 mm, 18 mm, Others(
Bushing, Soldering
Screw dia.: M7, M9, Screw pitch: 0.75 mm, Bushing length: 5.0 mm, 7.0 mm, 10.0 mm
Solder lug, PWB
Length from mounting surface(
Type
Switch
M-7
Detents
L-1
L-2
Rating
mm), Layout pattern(
Push-On, Others(
Poles & Throws
M-6
Side Adjustment, Top Adjustment
Type
(PWB terminals)
Metal Shaft(F type, S type, P type), Insulated Shaft(F type, S type)
Type
(Type with bushing)
V)
mA)
2 phase system(Phase A or B), Others(
Resolution
Shape
Machine, Soaking, Applied solvent(
Shape
1 pole 1 throw
Voltage:(
Terminal Type
Others
C) to (
Method
Washing
Application
General use, Edge drive, Low torque, High torque
Method
Method
E-1
Indoor/Outdoor use, Stationary/Portable set, High humidity, SO 2 , Nacl
V), Current:(
PWB terminal, Others(
A), Inrush current:(
A)
16 points, 18 points, 20 points, 24 points, 30 points, 32 points, Others(
point)
Notes:
EV37
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders
Application Notes
Although care is taken to ensure encoder quality,

infe ri or characteristics, short circuits, and open
circuits are some problems that might be generated.
on safety, review the affect of any single fault of a
encoder in advance and perform virtually fail-safe
safety so that the single fault of a encoder does
When using our Encoders, please observe the following

cautionary items to prevent dangerous accidents and

W hen per forming solder dipping, check the
soldering conditions according to the Individual
Product Specifi cations, because the conditions
vary from product to product.
Do not wash an encoder after solder dipping
because flux may invade the encoder, resulting in
contact failure. Avoid use of jumper cables near the
encoders because flux may get to them.
2. Shaft rotation wobble
If the shaft is long, the rotation wobble increases in
proportion to its length. To secure the quality of a
set, we recommend use of the types with a bushing.
3. Operating temperature conditions
Tactile feeling in operation is given serious
consideration, and rotation torque increases
under low temperatures (below 10 C) depending
on the product. If a encoder is expected to be used
under low temperatures, specify this in advance.

Specifications for information.

1. Chemical resistance
Before using a potentiometer with an insulated shaft,
be sure to check the reactivity of the shaft with any
chemicals to be used.
Do not store the encoders under high temperatures
and /or high humidit y, or in a location where
corrosive gas may be generated. Store the encoders
at room temperature and room humidity in a packed
condition. Use them within a maximum of 6 months.
Check the date of manufacture on the package box
and apply the fi rst-in-fi rst-out rule. If unpacked
encoders must be stored as inventory, store them in
a polyethylene bag to keep out air.

1. Absolutely avoid use of a encoder beyond its rated
range because it may cause a fire.
If misuse or abnormal use may result in conditions
in which the encoder is used out of its rated
range, take proper measures such as current
interruption using a protective circuit.
encoders is 94HB, which is based on UL94
Prohibit use in a location where a spreading fi re
may be generated or prepare against a spreading
fire.
EV38
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders
Type, Series
Part No.
Packaging
Quantity/
Carton
Minimum
Quantity/
Packing Unit
Notes
EVQVX
Tray Pack
3000 pcs.
300 pcs.
EVQVV
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
6000 pcs.
1500 pcs.
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
1600 pcs.
400 pcs.
Tray Pack
1000 pcs.
100 pcs.
250 pcs.
or
300 pcs.
50 pcs.
500 pcs.
100 pcs.
1000 pcs.
100 pcs.
L<25.0 mm
2000 pcs.
200 pcs.
L>26.0 mm
EVQWK
EVER
EVEU
Tray Pack
EVEV
EVEY
EVEG
EVEH
EVEK
EVEL
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
(with Push-on Switch)
EVEJB
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
500 pcs.
100 pcs.
EVEP
EVEQ
Tray Pack
200 pcs.
50 pcs.
EVQW
Tray Pack
800 pcs.
80 pcs.
20/12 mm
EVQV6
Tray Pack
2000 pcs.
100 pcs.
27/17 mm
EVQWF
EVQVP
Tray Pack
800 pcs.
80 pcs.
27/18 mm
EVQV5
Tray Pack
1600 pcs.
80 pcs.
38/25 mm
EVQVN
Tray Pack
250 pcs.
50 pcs.
60/40 mm
EVQV0
Tray Pack
100 pcs.
20 pcs.
EV39
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQVX
Type:
EVQVX
Features
Compact and thin design (Body thickness: 4 mm)

Good rotational feel
Supports vertical self-standing mounting onto printed
circuit boards
Computer peripherals (Mouse)

Information & communications equipment
For input devices of measuring instruments and
various electronic equipment
Product Code
Specifications
10
11
12
Output(Pulses)
Specifications
Mechanical
Rotation Angle
360 (Endless)
Rotation Torque
1 mNm to 10 mNm
Detents
24 points
Output Signals
Phase A and B
Resolution
12 pulses/360
Rating
Electrical
1 mA 10 Vdc (at each bit)

10 max.
Contact Resistance
50 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing
Endurance
5 ms max.
Rotation Life
200000 cycles min.
Quantity/Carton
3000 pcs.
EV40
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQVX
EVQVX
(5.3)
9.7
4.0
0.7
2.7
0.6
View D
COM
6.80.5
0.1
8
2.9
3-1.73+0.1
0
Shaft hole shape and dimension
B
4.0
10.8
9.71.0
4.20.5
2.40.5
3-
1.0 +0
.1
6-6
Height
7.0 mm
H 9.0 mm
11.0 mm
2.0
4.2
6.8
A B COM
5.0
t=0.4
9.71.0
3.60.5
2-1.8+0.1
0
2.0
5.0
11.61.0
2.0
2-2.1+0.1
0
Mounting
Surface
3-0.80.1
0.80.5
1.31.0
3.5
3.5
4.0
(3.8)
5.0 4.1
303
1.25
3.05
R4.1
... Leg position

PWB mounting hole for reference (Tolerance : 0.1)
(PWB thickness t=1.6)
Phase Difference
Test Circuit Diagram

Stable position of detent
5 V dc
Signal A
ON
10 k
10 k
10 k
Signal B
Signal A
T1
Signal B
10 k
OFF
T2
T3
T4
OFF
0.01 F
0.01 F
Encoder
ON
C.W direction (View D )
COM
Phase difference T1, T2, T3 , T4

(At rotational speed 60 r/min.)
Initial............... 4 m sec. min.
After life........ 2.5 m sec. min.
EV41
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQVV
Type:
EVQVV
Features
Low profile(H=2.2 mm),

Shaft hole diameters of up to 4 mm.
Light operation with a rotation torque of 2 mNm

Automatic mounting and SMDs.
Air conditioning temperature controls

Input of operation units
Computer peripherals

1
Product Code
Specifications
10
11
12
Output(Pulses)
Specifications
Rotation Angle
360 (Endless)
Rotation Torque
2 mNm max.
Output Signals
Phase A and B
Resolution
3 pulses/360
Mechanical
Rating
Electrical

10 max.
Contact Resistance
50 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing
Endurance
5 ms max.
Rotation Life
70000 cycles min.
Quantity/Carton
6000 pcs.
EV42
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQVV
EVQVV
1.2
0 .05
10.6
.1 +0
8.00.05
3.0
7.0
2-1+0
0.1
8.00.15
5.2
COM
A COM B
7.2
+0.1
0
1.3
9.0
1.1+0.05
0
6.7
8.4
2.20.2
2.5
5.3
.1
+0
A COM B
0.2
2.5
CW
COM
7.35
0
4
(0.1)
3-1
2.5
3.0+0.1
0
8.7
2.30.2
0.2
2.6
A : Output signal A
B : Output signal B
3-1.4
2.5

(View from parts side.)
PWB thickness t=1.6
Tolerance : 0.1
Phase Difference
5 Vdc
120 10
4-155
4-155
OFF
10 k
10 k
10 k
10 k
Signal A
Signal A
Signal B
A
ON
T1 T2 T3
T4
0.01 F
OFF
0.01 F
Encoder
Signal B
ON
430
COM
C.W direction
EV43
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQWK
Type:
EVQWK
Features
Tactile rotary operation and push operation

Reflow soldering type available
Anti-electrostatic measures available
Memory paging and transmitting

Menu selection and input for Portable Electronic Equipment

1
Product Code
Specifications
Wheel Shape
Specifications
Detents
15 points
Encoder
Rotation Torque
1 mNm to 10 mNm
Mechanical
Travel
0.3 mm (Thin-Type : 0.2 mm)
Push-on Switch
Operating Force
Resolution
Encoder
4.5 N1.5 N
15 pulses/360
Output Signals
2-Phases (A and B)
Electrical
Contact Resistance
1 max.
Push-on Switch
Contact Resistance
100 m
Encoder
Rotation Life
Push-on Switch
Operating Life
Endurance
100000 cycles min.


1000 pcs.
Quantity/Carton
1600 pcs.
EV44
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQWK
11.3
6.35
7.60.1
B
SW1
SW2
SW1
com
A
3.0
0.5
0
1.2 0.1
2.9 0.2
0.50.1
0.12
N.C.
Custom-made knob available
Pin-gate within 8.0
(2.5) 5.40.2
Part
(terminal)
A Detail
0.5 max.
0.12
4.1
1.0
1
Support leg
(No electrical connection)
8.0
+0.1
0
1.2
1.4
R1.45
6.4
3.800.15
0.5
2-R0.5
Com
2-1.6
1.10
A
+0.05
0
10.5
5.6
(Knob rotational
center)
Ground terminals for ESD
1.0
1.5
2.5
11.45
7.050.15
13.0
1.0 0.1
N.C.
5-1.75
5.0
R0.25
6-0.8
10.2
15.000.15
EVQWK4
0.1
No. 1
2-1.0
SW1
SW2
No. 2
10.2
9.8
6-0.8
5-1.75
15.000.15
1.0
B
SW1
1.0 +0.1
0
0.35
3.650.20
11.8
SW1
com
A
2.5
7.5
SW2
R0.3
0.550.10
2-
0.
25
N.C
1.60 +0.05
-0.10
1.4
0.
R
2-
4.1
1.4
4.700.15
0
1.0 -0.1
(0.5)
5.5
R1.4
9.6
1.100.05
5.2
0
-0.1
N.C
6.1
0.3 max.
1.60.2
Thin-type
(H=3.5 mm)
5.0

Circuit diagram
EVQWKA
6.4
4-R0.5
1.0 0.1
R5.00.1
SW1
1.6
5.8
4.4
2-2.2
4.3
4.3
1.3
.0
0
9.5
10
.
1
2-2
2.5
4.7
6-1.2
R0
.5
5
1.4
0
1.0-0.1
1.1
R5
.0
0
.
9.5
6-1.0
5-1.75
Recommended
land pattern
2.5
Terminal for reinforcing
EV45
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVER/U/V/Y
Type:
EVER/EVEU/EVEV/EVEY
Features
Low Profile : Reflow Type 3.5 mm,

Wave Soldering Type 4 mm
Minimized shaft wobble type is also available

The reflow type allows the product to be automatically
mounted and reflow-soldered
Car audio, car navigation, car air conditioners

1
Product Code
Specifications
4 th
10
11
12
Output(Pulses)
Type
Reflow Type
Minimized Shaft Wobble Reflow Type
Wave Soldering Type
Minimized Shaft Wobble Wave Soldering Type
Specifications
EVEU
EVEY
EVEV
(Wave Soldering
(Minimized Shaft (Minimized Shaft Wobble
Type)
Wobble Reflow Type) Wave Soldering Type)
360 (Endless)
100 N min.
0.6L/30 (mm) max.
0.35L/30 (mm) max.
3 mNm to 20 mNm
16 points, 24 points, 30 points, 32 points
1
L =15 to 20 mm L1 =15 to 30 mm
L1 =16 to 20 mm
Phase A and B
8, 12, 15, 16 pulses/360
1 max.
3 ms max.
5 ms max.
SPST Push-on
20 mA 16 Vdc
100 m max.
EVER
(Reflow Type)
Rotation Angle
Shaft Pull/Push Strength
Shaft Wobble
Mechanical
Rotation Torque
Detents
Shaft Length Range
Output Signals
Resolution
Rating
Contact Resistance
Electrical
Chattering
Bouncing
Type
Rating
Contact Resistance
Switch Part
Operating Force
Travel
Rotation Life (Encoder)
Endurance
Operating Life (Switch)
Quantity/Carton
0.4 mm travel type : 3 N, 4 N , 6 N

1.5 mm travel type : 2.5 N, 4 N , 5 N
0.4 mm, 1.5 mm
30000 cycles min.
30000 cycles min.
50 pcs. (Tray Pack) 100 pcs. (Tray Pack) 50 pcs. (Tray Pack) 100 pcs. (Tray Pack)
250 pcs. or 300 pcs.
500 pcs.
250 pcs. or 300 pcs.
500 pcs.
EV46
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVER/U/V/Y
15.5
12.0
COM Y S
0 .1
0
5.8
11.6
2-0.8max.
3.5
2-1
0.8
23
1.0
3-1
Mounting Surface
5.0
(L2)
(B)
.5
C0
X'
3-0.8max. 6.2
2-0.8
(ENC)
310.1
1.0+0
0.1
0
4.5 0.1
0
6 0.1
4.50.1
B B Y'
8.5
16.5
5.00.05
1.8+0.05
0
(Hole)
2-2
COM
2-3.5
COM
S
(Notice) Commonness of encoder.

No. 2
5.0
21
0.8
23
21.50.1
(SW)
EVEU
(Minimized Shaft Wobble
Reflow Type)
3.5
1.8+0
0.1
20.8
15.5
12.0
44
COM Y S
(ENC)
310.1
1.0
31
5.0
Y'
B B
8.5
16.5
5.00.05
X'
2-2
7.0
7.3
+0.1
1.1 0
(Hole)
B
B A
3-1.5
5.00.05
The position changes with Resolution pulse 11.80.05
Center of shaft
3.5
13.6
12.0
COM S
Y
7.0
(SW)
L1
4.0 B
0.
5
5.0
Shaft shape and dimension

L1
(L2)
5.0 mm
15.0 mm
11.0 mm
to 17.0 mm to 13.0 mm
7.0 mm
17.0 mm
13.0 mm
to 30.0 mm to 26.0 mm
Switch circuit diagram.

S.P.S.T.
COM
(Notice)Commonness of encoder.
B Y'
8.5
12.8
+0.1
0
2-2.1
0.5
X'
6.2
7.5
2.0
(L2)
(B)
3.5
Mounting Surface
0
4.5 -0.1
0
6 -0.1
(ENC)
5.0
0 .1
-0
5.8
11.6
S
3-0.80.1
1.8+0.05
0
(Hole)
2-1.2+0.1
0
(Throuh Hole)
Y'
(7.8)
No. 3
EVEV
(Wave Soldering Type)
COM
2-3.5
COM
2-0.80.1
2-1.8
5.00.05
COM
S
7.0
7.0+0
0.1
5
0.
(L3)
X'
9.0+0
0.15
2-2
X

S.P.S.T.
16.0 mm
12.5 mm
6.5 mm
to 20.0 mm to 16.5 mm to 10.5 mm
C0.2
C0.2
R0.1
Mounting Surface
8.0+0
0.1
Y
Material:Zinc alloy for die casting

Bushing length
8.2+0
0.1
7.5
4.50.1
1.0+0
0.1
(L3)
(L2)
L1
4.0
2.0
(L2)
L1
2-4
3-2
17.0 mm
13.5 mm
to 20.0 mm to 16.5 mm
5.8
7.0 mm
+0.1
0
5-1+0.1
0
BBA
Center of shaft
5.00.05

PWB thickness t=1.6
EV47
2-4
3-2
15.0 mm
11.5 mm
to 17.0 mm to 13.5 mm
20.8 max.
5.0 mm
B
B
B A
3-1.5
5.00.05
The position changes with Resolution pulse 11.80.05
Center of shaft

S.P.S.T.
(L )
30.8 max. 6.2
4.5
Bushing length
4.5
+0.1
1.1 0
(Hole)

1
2-2
7.3 7.0
2-1.2+0.1
0
(Throuh Hole)
11.6
EVER
(Reflow Type)
L1
1.8+0
0.1
0.
5
5.0
21.50.1
(SW)
No. 1
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVER/U/V/Y
13.6
12.0
COM 44 S
Y
4.0 4.0
2.0
7.0
B B Y'
8.5
+0.1
0
(7.2)
24 teeth serrtions
L1
(L2)
2-1.8
+0.1
0
5-1+0.1
0
BBA
Center of shaft
5.00.05
PWB thickness t=1.6
(L3)
COM
S
Phase Difference
X'
No serrtions 2

S.P.S.T.
16.0 mm
12.0 mm
6.0 mm
to 20.0 mm to 16.0 mm to 10.0 mm
5.00.05
COM
2-2.1
C
0.
7
12.8
80.08
Material:
Zinc alloy for die casting
9+0
0.15
6.2
C0.2
C0.2
R0.1
Mounting Surface
3.5
(L2)
(L3)
X'
7.5
2.0
(ENC)
5.0
30.8-0.1
3-1.4
8.2+0
0.15
7.0
EVEY
(Minimized Shaft Wobble
Wave Soldering Type)
L1
3.5
5.8
11.6
2-1.6
20.8-0.1
5.0
(SW)
7.5
No. 4

Detent steady point
5 Vdc
10 k
10 k
10 k
10 k
Term.A
Term.B
OFF
Signal A
Signal A
Signal B
ON
T1
T2
T3
T4
0.01 F
OFF
Signal B
0.01 F
Encoder
ON
CW
Term.C
Initial............... 4 m sec. min.
EV48
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVEG/H/K/L
Type:
EVEG/EVEH/EVEK/EVEL
Features
Lineup of high rotation-torque-type (50 mNm)

A wide range of standard products
Volume for audio/visual equipment

Tuner for communication units
Mode selection for measurement instruments

1
Product Code
Combination of Shaft
Specifications
10
11
12
Output (Pulses)
Product Chart
Combination of
Bushing
Torque type
Die-cast
Sleeve
Barling
Standard type Barling
(3 mNm to 20 mNm) Die-cast
Sleeve
Heavy-rotation
torque
(10 mNm to 50 mNm)
(7.0,12.0 mm)
(7.0,12.0 mm)
(5.0 mm)
(1.6 mm)
(7.0 mm)
(7.0 mm)
Height
Thickness
5.5 mm
5.5 mm
5.0 mm
5.0 mm
5.5 mm
5.5 mm
15.0 mm 17.5 mm 20.0 mm 22.5 mm 25.0 mm 30.0 mm
Detents (Resolution/Pulses)
Without detents
12 points
24 points
(12 pulses, 24 pulses)
(12 pulses)
(24 pulses)
Specifications
Mechanical
Rotation Angle
Shaft Wobble
Standard Type
Rotation Torque
Heavy Rotation Torque
360 (Endless)
80 N min.
0.7L/30 mm max.
3 mNm to 20 mNm
10 mNm to 50 mNm
12 points, 20 points, 24 points, without detents
(Heavy rotation-torque without detents)
Detents
Output Signals
Phase A and B
Resolution
12, 20, 24 pulses/360
Rating
1 mA 5 Vdc, 1 mA 10 Vdc
Contact Resistance
1 max.
Electrical
Chattering
2 ms max.
50 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing
5 ms max.
Standard Type
30000 cycles min.
Operating Life
Heavy Rotation Torque
15000 cycles min.
Endurance
10 C to +60 C
Storage Temperature
40 C to +85 C
L<25.0 mm 100 pcs. Polyethylene Bag(Bulk) L>26.0 mm 200 pcs. Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
Quantity/Carton
L<25.0 mm
1000 pcs.
L>26.0 mm
2000 pcs.
EV49
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVEG/H/K/L
High rotation-torque / Bushing Type with Sleeve ....................................................................... Without detents : EVEKE2
No. 1
L2
8.0 0.2
13.2
+0.1
0
2-2.0
0 .2
0
3.5
7.5
7.5
0
8 0.2
12.4
2.00.1
5.5
2-2.1+0.1
0
14.0
12.4
L1
Center of shaft
.0
3-
5.0
Mounting surface
.0 +0
.
0 1
PWB thickness : t=1.6

(pitch tolerance : 0.1)
With detents : EVEGA1

Standard rotation-torque / Bushing Type with Barling ............................................................... Without detents : EVEGA2
13.2
2-2 +0.1
0
7.5
12.4
2-2.1+0.1
0
14.0
12.4
6.8 +0.2
0.1
L1
5.0 L2
0.7
7.5
2.00.1
No. 2
Center of shaft
3-
5.0
A
Mounting surface
3.5
COM
.0 +0
0 .1

With detents : EVEGC1

Standard rotation-torque / Bushing Type with Die-cast ............................................................. Without detents : EVEGC2
No. 3
L1
L2
13.2
2-2+0.1
0
7.5
12.4
7.7
7.5
3.5
2-2.1+0.1
0
14.0
12.4
2.00.1
5.5
Center of shaft
1.0
M9 P=0.75
Mounting surface
5.0
31
.0 +0
.
0 1

EV50
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVEG/H/K/L
Shaft Trims and Dimensions in mm
Sleeve
Die-cast
L2
1.6 mm
5.0 mm
5.0 mm
5.0 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
7.0 mm
7.0 mm
7.0 mm
7.0 mm
7.0 mm
7.0 mm
12.0 mm
L3
7.0 mm
5.0 mm
7.0 mm
7.0 mm
12.0 mm
7.0 mm
7.0 mm
12.0 mm
12.0 mm
7.0 mm
7.0 mm
12.0 mm
12.0 mm
Phase Difference
Corner Cut
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
L1
L2
L3
0
6.0 -0.1
Barling
Dimensions
L1
15.0 mm
17.5 mm
20.0 mm
22.5 mm
25.0 mm
20.0 mm
22.5 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
20.0 mm
22.5 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
0
4.5 -0.1
Bushing Type
Corner Cut
High-rotation torque

Detent steady point
5 Vdc
OFF
Signal A
ON
10 k
10 k
10 k
10 k
Signal B
Signal A
T1 T2 T3 T4
0.01 F
OFF
0.01 F
Encoder
Signal B
ON
CW
COM

Initial..............3.5 m sec. min.
EV51
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVEJB
with Push-on Switch
Type:
EVEJB
Features
Thin type encoder with vertical push-on switch

Insulated shaft or metal shaft types are available
Volume and tone control for audio/visual and car audio

equipment
Tuner for communication units

Mode selection for measurement instruments

1
Product Code
Specifications
10
Combination of Shaft
& Bushing
11
12
Output (Pulses)
Specifications
Rotation Angle
360 (Endless)

Mechanical
80 N min.
Shaft Wobble
0.7L/30 mm max.
Rotation Torque
3 mNm to 20 mNm
Detents
20 points
Output Signals
Phase A and B
Resolution
20 pulses/360
Rating
Electrical
1 mA 10 Vdc
1 max.
Contact Resistance
Chattering
2 ms max.
50 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing
Switch Part
5 ms max.
Type
SPST Push-on
Rating
20 mA 16 Vdc
Contact Resistance
100 m max.
Operating Force
3 N, 6 N
Travel
Operating Life
Endurance
0.4 mm
Encoder
30000 cycles min.
Switch
15000 cycles min.
10 C to +60 C
Storage Temperature
40 C to +85 C
100 pcs. Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)

500 pcs.
Quantity/Carton
EV52
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVEJB
Standard rotation-torque / Bushing Type with Sleeve / with Switches .............................................With detents : EVEJBB
No. 1
12.4
Center of shaft
A
B
Encoder Side
Operation stroke
Mounting surface
5.0
5-
1 +0
.1
7.5
7.5
50.05
0.4
3.65
+0.1
2-2 0
7.00.05
.
R4
SW COM
13.2
5.0
2-2.1+0.1
0
12.4
8.0
L1
L2
7.0
5.0

Standard rotation-torque / Bushing Type with Sleeve / with Switches .............................................With detents : EVEJBE
No. 2
Operation stroke
Mounting surface
A
B
Encoder Side
5.0
50.05
7.00.05
7.5
+0.1
2-2 0
Center of shaft
0.3
3.65
13.2
5.0
51 +0
.1
7.5
.5
R4
SW COM
12.4
7.0
.5
C0
2-2.1+0.1
0
12.4
8.0
L1
5.0 L2

Shaft Trims and Dimensions in mm

Dimensions
Metal
L2
L3
L2
Corner Cut
15.0 mm
4.0 mm
5.0 mm
0.5 mm
20.0 mm
7.0 mm
6.0 mm
1.5 mm
25.0 mm
9.0 mm
10.0 mm
1.5 mm
L3
Corner Cut
Insulated
Phase Difference
0
6.0 -0.1
L1
0
4.5 -0.1
L1
Shaft Type

Detent steady point
5 Vdc
OFF
Signal A
ON
10 k
10 k
10 k
10 k
Signal B
Signal A
T1 T2 T3 T4
0.01 F
OFF
0.01 F
Encoder
Signal B
ON
CW
Initial..............3.5 m sec. min.
COM
EV53
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVEP/Q
Type:
EVEP/EVEQ
Features
Good operational feel

Long life due to high click torque
Shaft wobble : 0.1 mm max.
Centralized control of automotive audio equipment,

navigation systems, and air conditioners.

1
P
Q
Product Code
Function
10
Combination of Shaft & Bushing
11
12
Output (Pulses)
Switch Classification
Specifications
EVEP
EVEQ
Rotation Angle
360 (Endless)

Mechanical
Shaft Wobble
100 N min.
0.1 mm max.(Length form mounting surface : 21.5 mm)
( 50 mNm is applied on the point 2 mm from the shaft tip)
Rotation Torque
25 mNm max.
Detents
16 points
32 points
Output Signals
Phase A and B
Resolution
8 pulses/ 360
Rating
Electrical

1 max.
Contact Resistance
Chattering
5 ms max.
Bouncing
Switch Part
16 pulses/ 360
5 ms max.
Type
SPST Push-on
Rating
20 mA 16 Vdc
Contact Resistance
100 m max.
Operating Force
6 N
Travel
Endurance
0.5 mm
Rotation Life (Encoder)
1000000 cycles min.
Operating Life (Switch)
1000000 cycles min.
30000 cycles min.

30000 cycles min.
50 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton
200 pcs.
EV54
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVEP/Q
EVEP/EVEQ
except gate area
1.8 +0
- 0.05
A:Output signal A
B:Output signal B
1.5
2-0.5
16.5
- 0.15
12.8 +0
11.8 +0
- 0.15
17.0
D A COM. B E
13.0 +0.05
- 0.1
12.7 +0.1
- 0.05
12.0 +0.05
- 0.1

S.P.S.T
E
Mounting
surface
1.85 +0.05
-0
D ACOM.B E
P2.5x4=10
15.000.05
4-1.9 +0.1
-0
Center of shaft
9.0
7.5
0.6
903
21.5
13.0 +0
- 0.2
12.0
9.00.1
16.6.0.05
5-1.0 +0.1
-0

(Tolerance:0.1)
PWB thickness t=1.6
Phase Difference

Detent steady point
5 Vdc
10 k
10 k
10 k
10 k
OFF
Signal A
ON
Signal A
T1
T2
T3
T4
Signal B
A
OFF
0.01 F
Signal B
0.01 F
Encoder
ON
C.W
Term.C

Initial............... 8 m sec. min.
EV55
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQW
18 mm Square Encoders (High Rotational Torque)
Type:
EVQW
Features

Absolute 5 bit available
Function switching/adjusting for control panels of car

air conditioners
Signal input for monitors and audio/visual equipment

1
Product Code
Specifications
10
11
12
Output(Pulses)
Specifications
Type
Top Adjustment type, with or without bushing

Rotation Angle
360 (Endless)
80 N min.
Shaft Wobble
0.7L/30 (mm) max.
Mechanical
Rotation Torque
20 mNm to 100 mNm
Detent Pitch
10 to 30
Output Signals
Gray code
Resolution
Absolute 5 bit (Custom design of 6 bit max. available)
Rating
5 mA 10 Vdc
Contact Resistance
1 max.
Electrical
Chattering
2 ms max.
100 M min. (at 250 Vdc)
Bouncing
5 ms max.
Endurance
Rotation Life
15000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity / Packing Unit
80 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity / Carton
800 pcs.

ole)
9.0
(3.8)
9.5
9.0
6.5
4-1.6
2.80.2
4.4
18.01.0
19.60.7
Custom design
+0.1
0
+0.1
7-1.0 0
(2.4)
6-2.0

(Pitch tolerance:0.1)
PWB thickness t=1.6
EV56
2-60.3
(1.5)
(1.4)
7.0
(2.1)
2-5.10.3
0.6 0.3
2-17.4 0.1
2-13.00.2
4-0.7
0.4
R0.1
(1.5)
0.
M8 P=0.75
Joint part with Encoder case and PWB
18.0
18.5 max.
8.0
5
0
4.5 0.1
0
6 0.15
(3.5)
(R1
.75
h
Non-effective thread 1.0 max.
14.8
(0.7)
Mounting surface
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQV6
Type:
EVQV6
Features
switches, LEDs, etc.)

(center space) on the printed wiring board
Good operability and high reliability
AV equipment (control of edit functions of VCRs,
Multiple unit construction (achieved by mounting
Car audio products (adjustment of volume, tone,

tuners, etc.)
CD players, etc.)

1
Product Code
Type
10
11
12
Output(Pulses)
Design No.
Specifications
Rotation Angle
Mechanical
360 (Endless)
11 mNm, 18 mNm
Detents
18 points
Output Signal
Phase A and B
Resolution
9 pulses/360
Rating
Electrical
1 mA 10 Vdc
1 max.
Contact Resistance
Chattering
5 ms max.
50 m min. (at 250 Vdc)

Endurance
Rotation Life
30000 cycles min.
Quantity/Carton
2000 pcs.
A B
9.5
2-R0.9
1.5
2-1.8
1.5
16.4
23
2-4.3
21.1
(19.3)
2
16.4
R0.75
11.6
11.5
5
1.5
2-2.3
11.5
11
15.6
COM
20.6
14.3
20.2
20
8
21.5
5.5
5.5
31

PWB thickness t=1.6
(21.7)
EV57
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQWF/VP
Type:
EVQWF/EVQVP
Features


tuners, etc.)
CD players, etc.)

1
Product Code
Type
Product Code
10
Type
12
Output(Pulses)
Design No.
6
11
10
11
12
Output(Pulses)
Design No.
Specifications
Mechanical
Rotation Angle
360 (Endless)
3 mNm to 20 mNm
Detents
18 points, 30 points
Output Signal
Phase A and B
9 pulses/360 , 15 pulses/360
Resolution
Rating
Electrical
1 mA 10 Vdc
1 max.
5 ms max.
Contact Resistance
Chattering

Endurance
Rotation Life
30000 cycles min.

Quantity/Carton
80 pcs. (Tray Pack)

800 pcs.
28
0.
C
16.5
2-1.6
4-0.75
2-1.5
2-2.5
27.4
1.5
A B
5 Com
28.2
(29.4)
6
15
10.75
23
3.3
3-1
11.5
23
2-2.7
1.5
16
27
2-R0.75
2.1
11.5
15
2-2.5
16
23
21.6
2-2.5

PWB thickness t=1.6
EV58
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQV5
Type:
EVQV5
Features


tuners, etc.)
CD players, etc.)

1
Product Code
Type
10
11
12
Output(Pulses)
Design No.
Specifications
Rotation Angle
Mechanical
360 (Endless)
9 mNm, 13.5 mNm, 18 mNm
Detents
18 points, 30 points
Output Signal
Phase A and B
9 pulses/360 , 15 pulses/360
Resolution
Rating
Electrical
1 mA 10 Vdc
1 max.
Contact Resistance
Chattering
5 ms max.

Endurance
Rotation Life
30000 cycles min.
80 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton
1600 pcs.
1.5
15
2R0.9
21.8
30
22
2-2.5
15
21.9
1.5
R0.75
14
28
2-
27
.
28
1.5
24.5
22
17.6
28.7
(26.9)
2.5
2.5
15
27
15
12
COM
31

PWB thickness t=1.6
(29.6)
EV59
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQVN
EVQVN
Type:
Features


tuners, etc.)
CD players, etc.)

1
Product Code
Type
10
11
12
Output(Pulses)
Design No.
Specifications
Rotation Angle
Mechanical
360 (Endless)
20 mNm
Detents
30 points
Output Signal
Phase A and B
Resolution
15 pulses/360
Rating
Electrical
1 mA 10 Vdc
1 max.
Contact Resistance
Chattering
5 ms max.

Endurance
Rotation Life
30000 cycles min.
50 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton
250 pcs.
6-11
20
7.5
3.5
27.350.30
31.400.15
B
A
COM
3-0.80.1
2.5
2.5
40.1
R1
1.7 +0.1
0
9.0
39.400.05
1.7 +0.1
0
2-R0.85
0
3-1.0 +0.1
B
COM
2.5
20.200.05 15.800.05
31.600.05
CO.2
10
22.8
2-R
2-1.5 +0.1
0
2.3
0.20.1
20.2
13.1
19.7
2-1.2
24
2-5.8
4-1.5
3.1
3.4
4-R1
18
2-2.8 +0.1
0
25.00.3
45.00.5
2-1.8
7.90.3 15.800.15
2-2
31.60.3
2-1.2
4-4
38.4
0
2-2.500.15 2-1.70 -0.15
A
2.5

PWB thickness t=1.6
2-1.2
EV60
00 Oct. 2012
Encoders/EVQV0
Type:
EVQV0
Features


tuners, etc.)
CD players, etc.)

1
Product Code
Type
10
11
12
Output(Pulses)
Design No.
Specifications
Rotation Angle
Mechanical
360 (Endless)
35 mNm
Detents
30 points
Output Signal
Phase A and B
Resolution
15 pulses/360
Rating
Electrical
1 mA 10 Vdc
1 max.
Contact Resistance
Chattering
5 ms max.

Endurance
Rotation Life
30000 cycles min.
20 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton
100 pcs.

3-3.5+0.1
0
3-6.5
61max.
3-31.8
45
2
0
.
53
+0
7
0.
R3
33
32.4
+0
48 0.2
.4
150
COM
17
150
3-1+0.1
0
A
B
2-3.1+0.1
0

PWB thickness t=1.6
3.5
23.70.4
(26.2)
2-19.95+0
0.2
11
3-2.5
6-90.2
6-2.50.2
COM
27.5
45
4
2
2+0.1
0
53
2-3 0.1
2-1.55
3-31.80.2
63.8
EV61
00 Oct. 2012
G

.
T

, , ,
,
- . F
,
( , , ,
, - , ),
' .
W

,
,
.
T

. T , ,
,

,
.
T '
. I
-

.
P J
,
F
E
F
T L
J.
T ,
P C.
Safely Precautions
When using our products, no matter what sort of equipment they might be user for,
be sure to confirm the applications and environmental conditions with our specifications in advance.
I
E C B D

A & I S C
P C
1006 K, K C,
O 571-8506, J
T
A 2013.
P J 2013.4

Id Switchespe1304 e

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Id Switchespe1304 e

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

CATALOG

2013.4  . ./

Index / Glossary of words and Terms / RoHS Directive

Contents / Quick Selection Guide

Checklist / Application Notes / Common Specifications / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit

ESB33 Vertical Push Switches

ESB30 Push Switches

ESE20C / 20D Momentary Push Switches

Contents / Quick Selection Guide

Checklist / Application Notes / Common Specifications / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit

09HL Detector Switches

1VR Detector Switches

1VL Detector Switches

1HL Detector Switches

2HL Detector Switches

1HW Detector Switches

Contents / Quick Selection Guide / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit

Multi Function Switches

Contents / Quick Selection Guide

Checklist / Application Notes / Common Specifications / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit

4 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches

4.5 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches

4.9 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches

6 mm Square Thin Type SMD Light Touch Switches

3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD Light Touch Switches

3.0 mm2.6 mm SMD Light Touch Switches

3.5 mm2.9 mm SMD Light Touch Switches

4.7 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switches

6.0 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switches

3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches

3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational Half Dive / SMD Light Touch Switches

Small-sized Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches

2.8 mm2.3 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches

4.5 mm2.2 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches

6.2 mm2.5 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches

6.1 mm4.0 mm Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches

5N Type Light Touch Switches

5N Type Side-operational Light Touch Switches

5N Type 2R Light Touch Switches

5N Type Side-operational 4R Light Touch Switches

Round Type 2R Light Touch Switches

6.0 mm3.5 mm Light Touch Switches

6.0 mm3.5 mm 2R Light Touch Switches

Over Travel Light Touch Switches

4 mm Square Double-action SMD Light Touch Switches

6 mm Square Thin Type Double-actionl SMD Light Touch Switches

4.7 mm3.5 mm Double-action Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches

Light Touch Switches

6 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches

6 mm Square Long Travel 2 terminals SMD Light Touch Switches

6 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches

8 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches

8 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches

10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches

ESB30 Push Switches

1VR Detector Switches

1VL Detector Switches

1HW Detector Switches

4.7 mm3.5 mm SMD

6 mm Square Thin Type SMD

1HL Detector Switches

3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD

4.5 mm Square SMD

3.0 mm2.6 mm SMD

2013.4 ../